WO2018153115A1 - Mobility management method for user equipment, user equipment, and measurement control point base station - Google Patents

Mobility management method for user equipment, user equipment, and measurement control point base station Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018153115A1
WO2018153115A1 PCT/CN2017/106857 CN2017106857W WO2018153115A1 WO 2018153115 A1 WO2018153115 A1 WO 2018153115A1 CN 2017106857 W CN2017106857 W CN 2017106857W WO 2018153115 A1 WO2018153115 A1 WO 2018153115A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
cell
user equipment
measurement
camping
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/106857
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨阳
晋英豪
谭巍
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2018153115A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018153115A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a mobility management method for a user equipment, a user equipment, and a measurement control point base station.
  • UE User Equipment
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • RRC_IDLE Radio Resource Control_IDLE
  • RRC_CONNECTED Radio Resource Control_CONNECTED
  • the RRC protocol is in the current 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) 5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology (5G).
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • 5G 5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology
  • the layer introduces a new state: Radio Resource Control Idle State (Radio Resource Control_INACTIVE, RRC_INACTIVE).
  • the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state may not notify the network when moving in the RAN Based Area (RNA), and needs to notify the network when moving to other RNAs.
  • the RNA may include one or more cells, and these cells may not be the same. Under a base station. How to manage the mobility of UEs in the RRC_INACTIVE state is an issue under discussion. At present, some of the schemes under discussion propose schemes based on downlink signal measurement. However, these schemes have problems in that the delay is large and it is difficult to meet the requirements of 5G, and the problem of signaling overhead is large.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a user equipment, a user equipment, and a measurement control point base station, which are used to improve the problem that the existing UE mobility management solution has a large delay and a large signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a user equipment, including: a measurement control point base station first sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate an uplink TS to the UE. Make measurements.
  • the measurement base station refers to a base station to which the measurement cell of the TS of the UE belongs, and then determines a potential target cell of the UE according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, and the measurement result is Generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE.
  • the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
  • the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs.
  • the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information
  • the measurement control point The indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, or a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station after the determining a potential target cell of the user equipment, the measurement control point base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the second measurement request carries the Measurement control point indication information.
  • the first measurement request and the second measurement request further carry at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes the At least one of a terminal identifier, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal of the user equipment.
  • the potential target cell is located in the same RNA as the camping cell, and after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs.
  • the measurement result that is sent by the potential target cell is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is generated based on the uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment received in the potential target cell; the measurement control point base station according to the The measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is determined whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell.
  • the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the user equipment.
  • the measurement control point base station when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, the first station The staying cell change indication is used to notify the camping cell of the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as the camping cell.
  • the measurement control point base station notifies the camped cell of the base station UE to which the potential target cell belongs to be changed to the potential target cell by using the first camped cell change indication.
  • the first camping cell change indication carries at least one of an identifier of the potential target cell, paging information, a cell list of the RNA, and measurement information, the measurement The information includes at least one of a measurement cell identifier, a measurement duration, a measurement threshold, and an information reporting condition.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is the new measurement control point base station of the UE after the camping cell change is completed, and controls the measurement result of the UE according to the information carried in the first camped cell change indication.
  • the measurement control point base station when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the measurement base station, where the second camping cell change indication And a camping cell for notifying the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as a change camp cell.
  • the measurement control point base station notifies the measurement of the camping cell of the base station UE to the potential target cell by the second camping cell change indication.
  • the second camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station when the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the measurement control point base station And sending, by the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, a third camping cell change indication, where the third camping cell change indication is used to notify the user equipment that the potential target cell is used as a changed camping cell Resident cell.
  • the measurement control point base station notifies the camping cell of the base station UE to which the anchor cell belongs to the potential target cell by using the third camping cell change indication, so that the base station to which the anchor cell belongs can timely know the update status of the currently camped cell of the UE.
  • the third camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the measurement control point base station when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is Synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment changes as a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the UE can learn the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and only needs to send a message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
  • the measurement control point base station before the determining whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, sends, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, to the user equipment. a first message, the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, and monitors or listens to the broadcast channel and the homing of the potential target cell. Call channel.
  • the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell
  • the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the UE can be informed of the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and the UE broadcasts the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel of the potential target cell simultaneously by the UE in advance. Paging the channel to improve the reliability of the UE receiving the paging message.
  • the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the user equipment.
  • the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell before The camped cell of the user equipment.
  • the measurement control point base station when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is Synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the original camping cell, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment changes synchronization as a broadcast channel and a paging channel or Monitor pair Like the community.
  • the UE can learn the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and only needs to send a message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
  • the measurement control point base station before the determining whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, sends, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, to the user equipment. a first message, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or monitors a broadcast channel and a broadcast channel of the potential target cell on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the original resident cell. a paging channel; when it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a second message to the user equipment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or monitored. a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the original camped cell.
  • the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell
  • the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the second message carries a state deletion indicator and an identifier of the original camping cell
  • the deletion state indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to delete the broadcast channel and the paging channel The cell that synchronizes or listens to the object.
  • the UE can be informed of the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and the UE broadcasts the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel of the potential target cell simultaneously by the UE in advance. Paging the channel to improve the reliability of the UE receiving the paging message.
  • the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell before The camped cell of the user equipment.
  • the measurement control point base station when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the original camping cell belongs, the first The camped cell change indication is used to notify the camped cell of the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as a change camp cell.
  • the first camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the first camping cell change indication is further used to notify that the first message is sent to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized or intercepted by the The broadcast channel and paging channel of the camping cell are changed to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first camping cell change indication further carries paging information.
  • the measurement control point base station before the determining whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station passes the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and passes through the user equipment.
  • the base station to which the camping cell belongs sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the potential target cell;
  • the measurement control point base station When it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a second message to the user equipment by using the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the second message is used to indicate the user equipment.
  • the broadcast channel and paging channel of the original camped cell are no longer synchronized or monitored.
  • the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell
  • the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the second message carries a state deletion indicator and an identifier of the original camping cell
  • the deletion state indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to delete the broadcast channel and the paging channel The cell that synchronizes or listens to the object.
  • the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the user equipment.
  • the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs
  • the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs
  • the conflict indication indicates that the identifier of the user equipment is carried
  • the conflict indication is used to indicate that an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment is unavailable in an RNA where the potential target cell is located
  • the measurement control After receiving the conflict indication, the point base station sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the user equipment, according to the The measurement result of the downlink signal initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process.
  • the UE's mobility is managed during the movement of the UE across the RNA.
  • the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station sends a measurement change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the anchor cell to which the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement mode of the user equipment of the base station is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  • the measurement change indication carries an identification of the user equipment.
  • the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs Measurement result;
  • the measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate the station to the user equipment.
  • the downlink signal of the reserved cell is measured, and the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station sends a measurement change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the anchor cell to which the user equipment belongs.
  • the measurement mode of the user equipment of the base station is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  • the measurement change indication carries an identification of the user equipment.
  • the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs,
  • the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  • the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs
  • the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs
  • the conflict indication indicates that the identifier of the user equipment is carried
  • the conflict indication is used to indicate that an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment is unavailable in an RNA where the potential target cell is located
  • the measurement control After receiving the conflict indication, the point base station sends a first message to the user equipment by using a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to start the user equipment.
  • the downlink measurement of the camped cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the downlink measurement result.
  • the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs Measurement result;
  • the measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, by using the base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, the first message is used to indicate
  • the user equipment starts to measure a downlink signal of the camped cell of the user equipment, and initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the first message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
  • the first message is further used to indicate that the user equipment initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the camping cell of the user equipment and the potential target cell, according to the camping
  • the measurement result of the downlink signal of the cell and the potential target cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process.
  • the first message further carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment increases the measurement as a downlink reference signal.
  • the cell of the object is a cell of the object.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the measurement result to the anchor base station, and the anchor base station determines whether the measurement change is satisfied according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. condition.
  • the anchor base station sends a paging message to the UE if the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is not met, the anchor base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a user equipment, including:
  • the user equipment Receiving, by the user equipment, the first message, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell, where the first potential target cell and the user
  • the camping cell of the device at the first moment is in the same radio access notification area RNA; the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell according to the first message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize and listen to the first by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment.
  • the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell
  • the change status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment changes as a broadcast channel and paging The synchronization of the channel or the cell of the listening object.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell.
  • the first message carries an increase status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell
  • the increase status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and paging The synchronization of the channel or the cell of the listening object.
  • the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment, and synchronizes or monitors the first potential target cell. After the broadcast channel and the paging channel, the user equipment receives the second message at the second moment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listens to the broadcast of the camping cell at the first moment. Channel and paging channel.
  • the second message carries a deletion status indicator and an identifier of the camping cell at the first moment, where the deletion status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is deleted as a broadcast channel. Synchronization with the paging channel or the cell of the listening object.
  • the user equipment receives a third message at a third moment, where the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate camping on the third time and the first
  • the downlink signal of the neighboring cell of the camping cell at the third time is measured; the user equipment initiates, according to the third message, the neighboring cell of the third time and the neighboring cell of the third time
  • the downlink signal of the cell is measured; the user equipment initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process when the cell reselection condition is met according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the third message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
  • the third message is further used to indicate that the user equipment initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the second potential target cell, where the second potential target cell and the third time station are located.
  • the user equipment is in different RNAs; after receiving the third message, the user equipment starts to measure downlink signals of the second potential target cell according to the third message; And measuring a downlink test signal of the camped cell at the third moment, the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment, and the second potential target cell, when the cell reselection condition is met, initiating wireless Resource control reconfiguration request.
  • the third message also carries an increased status indicator and the second potential target cell is marked with another possible knowledge.
  • the present application provides a base station, where the base station device includes one or more transceivers and one or more processors for implementing the mobility management method of a user equipment provided by the foregoing first aspect. step.
  • the present application provides a user terminal, including: a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and an input/output device, wherein the processor is mainly used to process a communication protocol and communication data, and control the entire user equipment.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
  • the transceiver includes a control circuit and an antenna, and is mainly used for transmitting and receiving an RF signal in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the processor, the memory, the transceiver, and the input/output device are used to implement the steps in the mobility management method of the user equipment provided by the second aspect.
  • the application provides a mobility management system for a user equipment, including a measurement control point base station and one or more measurement base stations, and a measurement control point base station, configured to send a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations.
  • the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment is measured; and the potential target cell of the user equipment is determined according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, and the measurement result is
  • the measurement base station is configured to receive the first measurement request, and perform measurement on the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment according to the first measurement request, and the measurement is obtained by using the uplink tracking signal that is sent by the user equipment.
  • the measurement result is sent to the measurement control point base station.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an uplink measurement provided by the present application.
  • RNA 2 is a schematic structural view of an RNA provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a mobility management method of a UE according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a network environment to which a state management method is provided according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • RNA 1 contains four cells, CELL 1, CELL 2, CELL 3 and CELL4.
  • RNA 2 contains 4 cells, which are CELL 5, CELL 6, CELL 7 and CELL 8.
  • the UE sends an Uplink (UL) Tracking Signal (TS) to the network, which uniquely corresponds to one UE in the RNA range.
  • the network determines the location of the UE according to the Transmission/Reception Point (TRP) where the received TS is located. When the network detects that the UE moves to other RNAs, it notifies the UE to perform reconfiguration of related parameters.
  • TRP Transmission/Reception Point
  • an RNA may contain multiple cells (or hyper cells).
  • the core network (CN) and the anchor cell maintain the S1 bearer, and the UE-related context is stored in the anchor cell (for example, CELL1).
  • the camping cell (English can be, but not limited to: camp cell) is inconsistent with the anchor cell. In this case, how to aggregate the measurement results becomes a problem.
  • there are only one camp cell there may be multiple cells (ie, measurement cells such as CELL 3) that can receive the UE TS, and how to aggregate the measurement results in this case is also a problem.
  • the measurement device that measures the uplink TS Since the measurement device that measures the uplink TS is on the network side, it is necessary to perform a summary comparison of the measurement results on the network side. If the cells receiving the UE TS do not know which device to summarize the measurement results for, the subsequent positioning and other processes cannot be completed.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a state management method based on uplink measurement.
  • the UEs may all be in the RRC_INACTIVE state.
  • the RRC_INACTIVE state has the following feature: the network side reserves context information of the UE in RRC_INACTIVE. The base station and the core network reserve connection information of the UE in RRC_INACTIVE. The network side can know the location of the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state at the RNA layer, that is, the network layer can know which RNA the UE is in. When the UE in RRC_INACTIVE moves out of the RNA before it, the network side can be aware.
  • the RNA has the following characteristics: each UE is in a specific RNA, and the network side can configure which RNA the UE is in; the RNA can cover one or more cells.
  • each UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state corresponds to a measurement control point base station on the network side, and the mobility of the UE is managed by the measurement control point base station.
  • the method includes:
  • the measurement control point base station sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the measurement base station refers to a base station to which a measurement cell capable of receiving a TS of the UE belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station determines, according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, the potential target cell of the UE, where the measurement result is generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE.
  • the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station may carry the measurement control point indication information in the measurement request, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs, or The base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs.
  • the function of the measurement control point indication information is to indicate that the measurement base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the anchor cell belongs, or to the base station to which the camping cell belongs.
  • the measurement base station can learn whether the measurement result should be sent to the anchor base station or the measurement result to the camping base station according to the measurement control point indication information.
  • the term potential target cell involved in the scheme is first introduced.
  • the target cell refers to a cell that is a serving cell after handover when a cell handover occurs.
  • the UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state measures the downlink reference signal of each cell, and reports the determined target cell to the network side only when the cell handover condition is met.
  • the potential target cell can be regarded as a target cell in which the UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state needs to measure the downlink reference signal.
  • the UE listens to the broadcast channel during the cell reselection process, and acquires related parameters. For example, if the signal quality is lower than the threshold, the neighboring area measurement of the same frequency, the different frequency or the different system is started, and the neighboring areas are detected. and many more.
  • the UE determines a new serving cell from a plurality of neighboring cells by measurement comparison and camps on the new serving cell. Small resident of the UE All neighbor cells of the zone can be considered as potential target cells.
  • the UE does not perform signaling interaction with the base station, which is implemented by the UE through internal processing.
  • the meaning of the potential target cell in this application is different from that in the LTE scenario. Since the present application determines the cell that the UE should camp by measuring the uplink TS of the UE by the network layer, the potential target cell refers to that the base station can learn from the UE by listening to the broadcast channel according to optional factors such as the location of the UE or the direction of motion. One or more cells selected from all neighboring areas. The potential target cell refers to a cell that the base station determines that the UE may camp in the future. From the determination result, the range of the potential target cell finally determined may be smaller than the neighboring cell in the LTE scenario, that is, the potential target cell is a subset of the neighboring cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a UE based on uplink TS measurement.
  • a measurement control base station of the network side sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations to request the measurement base station to measure the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the measurement control point base station aggregates the measurement results of the uplink TS generated by each base station for the UE, and determines the potential target cell of the UE according to the potential target cell, and the potential target cell reflects the cell where the UE may camp, thereby implementing mobility for the UE. management.
  • the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a network environment to which a state management method is provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • This environment includes wireless networks and UEs.
  • the wireless network includes a core network CN, a first radio access notification area RNA 1 and a second radio access notification area RNA 2.
  • the first radio access notification area RNA 1 includes three cells, which are CELL 1, CELL 2, and CELL 3.
  • CELL 1 is the anchor cell of the UE.
  • the second radio access notification area includes three cells, which are CELL 4, CELL 5, and CELL 6.
  • the UE may be moved between the foregoing cells, and specifically includes the following scenarios: First, the UE moves between an anchor cell and a non-anchor cell, for example, from CELL 1 to CELL 2; second, the UE is in two non-anchor Inter-cell movement of cells, for example from CELL 2 to CELL 3; third, the UE moves between cells across the RNA, for example from CELL 3 to CELL 4.
  • an anchor cell refers to a cell that retains context information of a UE in an RRC_INACTIVE state and remains connected to a core network.
  • the meaning of the camp cell can refer to the definition of the serving cell in the LTE.
  • the camp cell refers to the serving cell in which the UE in the RRC_IDLE state is currently camped, or the cell in which the UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state is currently located.
  • the meaning of the camp cell is extended on the basis of the above, the camp cell refers to the cell whose coverage includes the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state synchronizes, and the broadcast channel and the paging channel that listens to the camp cell. .
  • the cell When the UE moves to a cell covered by any one of the first radio access notification area RNA1 and the second radio access notification area RNA2, the cell is used as a camping cell.
  • the base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs is referred to as a camping base station.
  • the base station to which the anchor cell belongs is referred to as an anchor base station.
  • the base stations to which the UEs that can receive the UE TS belong are measurement base stations.
  • the UE in order to distinguish from the anchor base station and the camping base station, other than the anchor point base station and the camping base station, the UE can be received.
  • the base station to which the cell of the TS belongs is called a measurement base station.
  • different interaction mechanisms exist between the UE and the base station, and between the base station and the base station. The following describes the specific embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application mainly provides two solutions, which are respectively a measurement control point base.
  • the station is a scheme for camping on the base station, and the scheme for measuring the control point base station is an anchor base station.
  • the measurement control point base station is a camping base station.
  • the camping base station of the UE (the camping base station may be an anchor base station or an anchor base station) sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request is
  • the measurement control point indication information carried in the indication is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs.
  • the camping base station of the UE determines the potential target cell of the UE according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations.
  • the camping base station of the UE sends a measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and after receiving the feedback corresponding to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, determines a procedure to be subsequently performed.
  • the process to be performed subsequently includes, but is not limited to, if the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camped cell of the UE, the camping base station of the UE determines the user equipment needs according to the measurement result returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs.
  • the camping base station After the camping cell is changed, the camping base station sends a camping cell change indication to the base station and other measurement base stations to which the potential target cell belongs, and sends a message to the user equipment to facilitate the network side and the UE to synchronize the changed camping cell.
  • the camping base station also needs to send a camped cell change indication to the anchor base station when the camping base station is not the anchor point base station. Thereby, the camped cell change is completed, and the potential target cell becomes a new camped cell.
  • the measurement base station that can receive the TS of the UE reports the measurement result to the base station to which the new camping cell belongs.
  • the camping base station of the UE sends a message to the UE according to the measurement result or the conflict indication returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the conflict indication is used to indicate the UE.
  • the uplink TS is unavailable in the potential target cell, and the message sent to the UE is used to notify the UE to start measuring the downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate radio resource control reconfiguration according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the camping base station When the camping base station is not the anchor point base station, the camping base station needs to send a measurement change indication to the anchor point base station, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the anchor station of the UE that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  • the measurement control point base station is an anchor base station.
  • the anchor base station of the UE (the anchor base station may be a camping base station or a camping base station) sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured.
  • the measurement control point indication information carried in the measurement request is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs.
  • the anchor base station of the UE determines the potential target cell according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations, and sends a measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. After receiving the feedback corresponding to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, the anchor base station determines the flow to be subsequently executed.
  • the process to be performed subsequently includes, but is not limited to, if the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camped cell of the UE, the anchor base station of the UE determines the user equipment needs according to the measurement result returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs.
  • the message is sent to the UE so that the network side and the UE synchronize the changed camping cell, and the camping cell change indication does not need to be sent to other measurement base stations.
  • the anchor base station is not the camping base station of the UE, the foregoing message sent by the anchor base station to the UE is sent by the anchor base station to the user after the anchor base station sends the camped cell change indication to the original camping base station. Thereby completing the resident cell change.
  • the measurement base station that can receive the TS of the UE still reports the measurement result to the anchor base station.
  • the anchor base station of the UE sends a message to the UE according to the measurement result or the conflict indication returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the conflict indication is used.
  • the message sent to the UE is used to notify the UE to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. Control the reconfiguration process.
  • the anchor base station is not a camping base station, the foregoing message sent to the UE is sent by the anchor base station to the UE through the camping base station.
  • the message sent by the measurement control point base station to the UE is a paging message.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to an embodiment of the present application. This embodiment is described with reference to the flowchart in the above first scheme, that is, the scheme in which the measurement control point base station is a camping base station.
  • the method includes, but is not limited to, the following steps.
  • the camping base station sends a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate the measurement control point.
  • the base station is a base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs.
  • the one or more measurement base stations may be notified by the two control indicators that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
  • the first control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell belongs.
  • the second control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
  • the one or more measurement base stations may be informed by the different states of one control indicator that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
  • the first state of the control indicator can be represented by 1, and the second state of the control indicator can be represented by zero.
  • the base station to which the camping cell belongs is the measurement control device, so the measurement request carries the first indicator.
  • the subsequent comparison analysis is easy, and the first measurement request further carries parameters required for measuring the uplink TS of the UE, so that One or more measurement base stations use these parameters to measure the UE.
  • These parameters are, for example, at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information.
  • the measurement control information includes at least one of a terminal identifier, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal of the user equipment.
  • the camping base station determines a potential target cell of the UE according to one or more measurement results.
  • the camping base station may perform the measurement result obtained by measuring the uplink TS of the UE, and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations according to the measurement request in S501, optionally combining the historical motion of the UE.
  • the information such as the trajectory estimates the direction of motion of the UE, thereby determining the potential target cell of the UE.
  • the potential target cell is a cell that may become a camping cell of the UE.
  • the potential target cell and the resident cell may be in the same RNA or in different RNAs.
  • the state management method provided by the embodiment shown in S501-S502 of FIG. 5 is performed by the camping base station of the user equipment as a measurement control point base station, and the measurement results obtained by measuring the TS of the UE from each measurement base station are summarized, and then determined. Potential target cell of the user equipment. Thereby achieving management of UE mobility.
  • the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
  • the camping base station that is the measurement control point base station may also change the camped cell of the UE by interacting with the base station to which the potential target cell belongs and interacting with the UE.
  • the second measurement request may be sent to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs.
  • the second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured.
  • the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident of the UE.
  • the base station to which the reserved cell belongs the specific method will not be described again.
  • the camping base station performs different subsequent processes according to the determination result of whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA. If the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camping cell, S504-S509 is performed, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, S511-S516 are performed.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the measurement result to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs receives the second measurement request, and is generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE received in the potential target cell.
  • the second measurement request further carries the parameter required for the measurement
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the uplink TS sent by the UE in the potential target cell according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. Measurements are taken and the measurements are sent to the resident base station.
  • the camping base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the UE to synchronize or monitor the broadcast of the potential target cell.
  • Channel and paging channel
  • the first message indicates that the UE synchronizes the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or instructs the UE to listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or may also instruct the UE to synchronize and listen to the The broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first message may be a paging message.
  • the first message sent in the manner of a paging message is referred to as a first paging message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides two ways to send a first paging message in different scenarios.
  • the paging message carries different information in each mode. In the actual network environment, you can choose one according to the actual situation.
  • the resident base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, the measurement result generated by itself, and optionally if other measurement cells exist, the measurement result sent by the other cell determines that the user equipment needs When the resident cell is changed, the first paging message is sent to the user equipment. For instructions on determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell, refer to step S506.
  • the first paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell.
  • the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the mobile station In a scenario where the UE moves at a slow speed, from the time when the camping base station determines that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to the UE to receive the paging message, the mobile station has a short moving distance, and the original resident The signal quality of the cell does not deteriorate too much during this period. Therefore, it is basically ensured that the UE receives the paging message to complete the camped cell change. In this way, only the network side needs to send a paging message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
  • the measurement result generated by the camping base station according to the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, and the self-generated measurement The result, and optionally if there are other measurement cells, the measurement result sent by the other cell determines that the UE needs to change the camping cell, first sends a first paging message to the user equipment, the first paging message And configured to instruct the user equipment to synchronize or monitor a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the resident cell.
  • the camping base station determines that the UE needs to change the camped cell, it determines whether the predetermined cell increase condition is met according to the measurement result. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the first paging message is first sent to the user equipment.
  • the predetermined cell addition condition may require the signal quality of the potential target cell to be lower than the preset camping cell change condition.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a second message to the user equipment.
  • the second message may also be a paging message.
  • the second message sent by the paging message is used as the second paging message, where the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listens to the change before The broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell.
  • the second paging message is sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs to the user when determining that the signal quality of the camped cell before the change meets the cell release condition according to the received measurement result.
  • the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel;
  • the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change, where the deletion status indicator is used to instruct the UE to delete a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the UE may be simultaneously synchronized to monitor the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the measurement control device may notify the UE to no longer synchronize and monitor the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the original camping cell when determining that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell according to the change of the subsequent signal quality.
  • the camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If the user equipment needs to change the resident cell to perform S507-S508, if the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell, return to S502 to continue receiving the measurement result sent by each measurement base station.
  • the camping base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station of the potential target cell, where the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the using the potential target cell as the changed camping cell.
  • the resident cell of the user equipment is used to notify the using the potential target cell as the changed camping cell.
  • the camping cell change indication sent by the camping base station to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is referred to as the “first camping cell change indication”. ".
  • the first camping cell change indication carries at least three types of information.
  • the first type of information is an identifier of a potential target cell, and is used to notify the camped cell of the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as a change camp cell.
  • the second type of information is paging information so that the new camping cell sends a paging message to the UE based on the information.
  • the third type of information is the information required for the new resident cell to perform resource control.
  • the identifier of the potential target cell is a physical cell identifier pCELL ID, or may be an ECI composed of a base station identifier and a CELL ID.
  • the information required for the resource control of the new camping cell includes at least one of a cell list of the radio access notification area and the measurement information, where the measurement information includes the measured cell identifier, the measurement duration, and the measurement threshold. And at least one of the information reporting conditions.
  • the method further includes:
  • the camping base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the other measurement base station, where the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the other measurement base station to use the potential target cell as the user equipment after changing the camping cell. Resident cell.
  • the resident cell change indication sent by the camping base station to other measurement base stations in the embodiment of the present application is referred to as a “second camped cell change indication”.
  • the second camping cell change indication carries the identity of the potential target cell.
  • the other measurement base station After receiving the second camped cell change indication, the other measurement base station sends the measurement result to the new camping base station according to the potential target cell identifier carried in the second camping change cell indication.
  • the camped cell change is completed by the camping base station transmitting the camped cell change indication and the paging message.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs becomes a new camping base station.
  • the measurement control device is changed from the camping base station in steps 501 to 509 to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs (ie, the new camping base station), and the other measurement base station sends the uplink TS to the UE to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs.
  • the measurement result of the measurement is performed.
  • the camping base station requests the base station to which the potential target cell belongs to the measurement result of the potential target cell to measure the TS of the UE, so as to determine whether the UE needs to change the camped cell. If it is confirmed that the camped cell needs to be changed, the camping base station sends a paging message carrying the potential target cell to the UE, and sends a camping cell change indication to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, thereby completing the change of the camped cell.
  • the foregoing method does not need to send paging messages to all cells in the RNA, which reduces signaling overhead.
  • the method further includes:
  • the camping base station sends a third camping cell change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs, where the third camping cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as the changed camping cell.
  • the third camped cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the anchor base station of the UE can know the changed camped cell in time after the camping cell of the user equipment is changed, so that the network side can know the location of the user equipment in time, and when there is a service demand, for example, when there is a downlink service arrives
  • the data can be transmitted to the UE in time, and the service delay is shortened.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resource conflicts, that is, the resource used by the uplink TS sent by the UE is already occupied by the other UE, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a conflict indication to the camping base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the UE is in the The RNA in which the potential target cell is located is not available. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After the camping base station receives the conflict indication, S512-S513 is performed.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station. After the camping base station receives the measurement result, S514-S516 is performed.
  • the camping base station sends a third message to the UE.
  • the third message is a paging message.
  • the third message sent to the UE in the paging message manner is called the third paging message after the camping station receives the conflict indication. .
  • the third paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring the downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the third paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
  • the potential target cell is a cell that the UE determines that the UE may be camped on by the base station, this indicates that the measurement result obtained by the potential target cell measuring the TS of the UE in each measurement cell is superior.
  • the quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell may be better in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the camping base station may notify the UE of the identifier of the potential target cell, so that the UE measures the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process.
  • the camping base station may further indicate, by using a third paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE and the potential target cell, according to the camped cell and The measurement result of the downlink signal of the potential target cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process.
  • the third paging message further includes an increase status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the increase status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a measurement target of the downlink reference signal.
  • the camping base station after receiving the conflict indication, further includes:
  • the camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE.
  • the measurement change indication is used to notify the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  • the measurement change indication carries an identifier of the UE.
  • the camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the camping base station performs S515. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the camping base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until it is confirmed that the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then executes S515.
  • the camping base station sends a third paging message to the UE.
  • a description of the third paging message please refer to the description in S512 above.
  • the camping base station after determining that the measurement change condition is met, further includes:
  • the camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE.
  • a measurement change indication please refer to the description in S513 above.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. This embodiment is described with reference to the flowchart in the foregoing second scheme, that is, the scheme in which the measurement control point base station is an anchor base station.
  • the method includes, but is not limited to, the following steps.
  • the anchor base station sends a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
  • the measurement control point base station may notify, by using two control indicators, the one or more measurement base stations, whether the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
  • the first control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell belongs.
  • the second control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
  • the one or more measurement base stations may be notified by the different status of one control indicator, whether the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs, or an anchor cell Base station.
  • the first state of the control indicator can be represented by 1, and the second state of the control indicator can be represented by zero.
  • the base station to which the anchor cell belongs is the measurement control device, so the measurement request carries the second indicator.
  • the subsequent comparison analysis is easy, and the first measurement request further carries parameters required for measuring the uplink TS of the UE, so that One or more measurement base stations use these parameters to measure the UE.
  • These parameters are, for example, at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information.
  • the measurement control information includes at least one of a terminal identifier, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal of the user equipment.
  • the anchor base station determines a potential target cell of the UE according to one or more measurement results.
  • the anchor base station may perform the measurement result obtained by measuring the uplink TS of the UE, and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations according to the measurement request in S601, optionally combining the historical motion of the UE.
  • the information such as the trajectory estimates the direction of motion of the UE, thereby determining the potential target cell of the UE.
  • the potential target cell is a cell that may become a camping cell of the UE.
  • the potential target cell and the resident cell may be in the same RNA or in different RNAs.
  • the state management method provided by the embodiment shown in S601-S602 in FIG. 6 is performed by the anchor base station of the UE as a measurement control point base station, and the measurement results obtained by measuring the TS of the UE from each measurement base station are summarized, and then the UE is determined. Potential target cell. Thereby achieving management of UE mobility.
  • the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
  • the anchor base station that is the measurement control point base station may also change the camped cell of the UE by interacting with the base station to which the potential target cell belongs and interacting with the UE.
  • the anchor base station may send a second measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs.
  • the second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured.
  • the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is an anchor of the UE.
  • the base station to which the cell belongs is not described in detail.
  • the anchor base station performs different subsequent processes according to the determination result of whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA. If the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camping cell, S604-S608 is performed, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, S611-S614 are performed.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the measurement result to the anchor base station.
  • the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs receives the second measurement request, and is generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE received in the potential target cell.
  • the second measurement request further carries the parameter required for the measurement
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the uplink TS sent by the UE in the potential target cell according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. The measurement is performed and the measurement result is sent to the anchor base station.
  • the anchor base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the UE to synchronize or monitor the broadcast of the potential target cell.
  • Channel and paging channel are used to instruct the UE to synchronize or monitor the broadcast of the potential target cell.
  • the first message indicates that the UE synchronizes the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or indicates The UE listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or may also instruct the UE to synchronize and listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first message may be a paging message.
  • the first message sent in the manner of a paging message is referred to as a first paging message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides two ways to send a first paging message in different scenarios.
  • the paging message carries different information in each mode. In the actual network environment, you can choose one according to the actual situation.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, the measurement result generated by itself, and optionally if other measurement cells exist, the measurement result sent by other cells determines that the user equipment needs When the resident cell is changed, the first paging message is sent to the user equipment. For instructions on determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell, refer to step S606.
  • the first paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell.
  • the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the anchor station determines that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to the UE to receive the paging message for a short period of time, because the moving distance of the user equipment is short, the original resident The signal quality of the cell does not deteriorate too much during this period. Therefore, it is basically ensured that the UE receives the paging message to complete the camped cell change. In this way, only the network side needs to send a paging message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, the measurement result of the camped cell, and optionally if there are other measurement cells, the measurement result sent by other cells determines that the UE needs Before the camping cell is changed, the first paging message is sent to the user equipment, where the first paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Up, synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the anchor base station determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result before determining that the UE needs to change the camped cell. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the first paging message is first sent to the user equipment. It can be understood that the predetermined cell addition condition may require the signal quality of the potential target cell to be lower than the preset camping cell change condition.
  • the anchor base station After the user equipment changes the camping cell, the anchor base station sends a second message to the user equipment by using the base station to which the potential target cell belongs.
  • the second message may also be a paging message.
  • the second message sent by the paging message is used as the second paging message, where the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listens to the change before The broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell.
  • the second paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the user by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs when the signal quality of the camped cell before the change according to the received measurement result satisfies the cell release condition.
  • the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel;
  • the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change, where the deletion status indicator is used to instruct the UE to delete a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the anchor station determines that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to the time when the UE receives the paging message, because the user equipment may have moved a considerable distance, the original station The signal quality of the staying cell may have deteriorated rapidly, so that the UE cannot receive the paging message.
  • the UE may be simultaneously synchronized to monitor the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the measurement control device may notify the UE to no longer synchronize and monitor the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the original camping cell when determining that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell according to the change of the subsequent signal quality.
  • the first paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the UE, and if the anchor base station is not the base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs, The first paging message is that the anchor base station transmits to the UE through the camping base station of the UE, as shown in S605' in FIG.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to perform S607, if the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell, return to S602 to continue receiving the measurement result sent by each measurement base station.
  • the anchor base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station of the potential target cell, where the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the using the potential target cell as the changed camping cell.
  • the resident cell of the user equipment is used to notify the using the potential target cell as the changed camping cell.
  • the camping cell base station sends the camping cell change indication sent by the anchor base station to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, as the “first camping cell change indication”. ".
  • the first camped cell change indication carries the identity of the potential target cell.
  • the identifier of the potential target cell is a physical cell identifier pCELL ID, or may be an ECI composed of a base station identifier and a CELL ID.
  • the method further includes:
  • the anchor base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the base station to which the original camping cell of the UE belongs, where the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as the changed camping cell.
  • the second camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the anchor base station In order to ensure that the network side and the UE synchronize the changed camped cell, the anchor base station also needs to notify the UE to change the camped cell to a potential target cell. Since the UE can only receive the paging message sent by the camping cell, the anchor base station needs to notify the camping base station to send a first message to the UE to notify the UE to change the camped cell.
  • the anchor base station may notify the camping base station to send the first message to the user by using a separate message, or notify the camping base station to send the first message to the user by using the second camping cell change indication, that is, the second
  • the camping cell change indication is further configured to send a first message to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize by synchronizing or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the camping cell. Or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the latter approach can save signaling between the anchor base station and the camping base station as compared to the manner in which the message is sent separately.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resource conflicts, that is, the resource used by the uplink TS sent by the UE is already occupied by the other UE, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a conflict indication to the anchor base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the UE is in the The RNA in which the potential target cell is located is not available. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After receiving the conflict indication, the anchor base station performs S612.
  • the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station. After receiving the measurement result, the anchor base station performs S613-S614.
  • the anchor base station sends a third message to the UE.
  • the third message is a paging message.
  • the third message sent to the UE in the paging message manner after the base station receives the conflict indication is referred to as the third paging message. .
  • the third paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring the downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the third paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
  • the potential target cell is a cell that the anchor base station determines that the UE may camp on
  • the quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell may be better in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the anchor base station can notify the UE of the identifier of the potential target cell, so that the UE measures the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process.
  • the anchor base station may further indicate, by using a third paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE and the potential target cell, according to the camped cell and The measurement result of the downlink signal of the potential target cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process.
  • the third paging message further includes an increase status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the increase status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a measurement target of the downlink reference signal.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the anchor base station performs S614. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the anchor base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then S614 is performed.
  • the anchor base station sends a third paging message to the UE.
  • the third paging message please refer to the description in S612 above.
  • the third paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the UE, and if the anchor base station is not the base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs, The third paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the UE through the camping base station of the UE, as shown in S612' and S614' in FIG.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the first mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4 is a scenario in which the UE moves from an anchor cell (CELL 1) to a non-anchor cell (CELL 2), between each base station, and between the base station and the UE.
  • the measurement control point base station is a camping base station. Since the anchor cell (CELL 1) is also a camping cell at the beginning of the UE mobile, the camping base station and the anchor base station are both the base station to which the CELL1 belongs.
  • the potential target cell is CELL 2.
  • CELL 1 and CELL 2 are in the same RNA, RNA 1.
  • the UE refers to the same UE.
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the camping base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station.
  • CELL 3 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 3 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the measurement is performed on the uplink TS of the UE, where the measurement request carries the measurement control point Instructions.
  • the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a camping base station.
  • the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
  • the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
  • the measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the resident base station.
  • the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the resident base station, for example, an Xn interface.
  • the camping base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 2.
  • the measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident base station itself measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the camping base station may select one or more cells that are better for the measurement of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
  • the camping base station determines the potential target cell
  • other factors may also be referred to based on the acquired measurement results.
  • the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 2 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future.
  • the reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 2.
  • the camping base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the base station to which the CELL2 belongs is obtained according to the correspondence between the cells in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs.
  • the measurement request generated by the camping base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL2 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the resident base station.
  • the measurement control point indication information please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • various measurement parameters such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • the second measurement request may be sent through an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
  • the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request.
  • the measurement procedure of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 2 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S702, and details are not described herein again.
  • the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs and the resident base station, for example Xn interface.
  • the camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the camping base station confirms that the signal quality of the CELL2 is superior according to the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs
  • the first paging message is sent to the user, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes and monitors the location.
  • the camping base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted.
  • the camping base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the self-generated measurement result. That is, step 707 is directly executed, and when the preset camping cell change condition is met, the first paging message is sent to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And paging the channel, changing to synchronize and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • two fields may be extended, where the first field is used to carry the status indicator, and the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the first field can occupy 2 bits
  • the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
  • the camping base station determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result before performing step 707. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Based on, the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell are synchronized and monitored.
  • the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell
  • the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • the increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
  • the camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If it is necessary to change the camping cell, steps S708 and S709 are performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S703 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
  • the resident base station compares the measurement report generated by itself with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell.
  • the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 2 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 1, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
  • the camping base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to use CELL 2 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell.
  • the first camping cell change indication carries at least one of an identifier of the potential target cell, paging information, a cell list of a radio access notification area, and measurement information, where the measurement information includes a measurement cell identifier, and a measurement At least one of a duration, a measurement threshold, and an information reporting condition.
  • the first camped cell change indication may be sent by using an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
  • the camping base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the measurement base station (ie, the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs).
  • the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the measuring base station that the CELL 2 is used as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the second camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 2.
  • the measurement base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the camping base station in steps S701-S708 will no longer be the camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, as the measurement control of the UE. Point the base station.
  • the camping base station in steps S701-S708 can receive the TS of the UE, the measurement result of the UE is transmitted to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs After receiving the first camped cell change indication, the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs determines that the signal quality of the CELL 1 meets the cell release condition according to the received measurement result, and sends a second paging message to the UE.
  • the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 1) before the change.
  • the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change.
  • the delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the first mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4 is a scenario in which the UE moves from an anchor cell (CELL 1) to a non-anchor cell (CELL 2), between each base station, and between the base station and the UE.
  • the measurement control point base station is an anchor point base station. Since the anchor cell (CELL 1) is also a camping cell at the beginning of the UE mobile, the camping base station and the anchor base station are both the base station to which the CELL1 belongs.
  • the potential target cell is CELL 2.
  • CELL 1 and CELL 2 are in the same RNA, RNA 1.
  • the UE refers to the same UE.
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the anchor base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station.
  • CELL 3 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 3 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information.
  • the measurement control point indicates information measurement control point indication information
  • the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is an anchor point base station.
  • the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
  • the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
  • the measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the anchor base station.
  • the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. Until the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs does not receive the uplink TS of the UE after a certain period of time, the measurement is not sent to the anchor base station. result.
  • the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the anchor base station, for example, an Xn interface.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 2.
  • the measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the anchor base station itself measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the anchor base station may select one or more cells that are superior to the measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
  • the anchor base station may refer to other factors based on the obtained measurement result.
  • the anchor base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 2 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future.
  • the reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 2.
  • the anchor base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the anchor base station learns the base station to which CELL2 belongs according to the correspondence between each cell in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs.
  • the measurement request generated by the anchor base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL2 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the anchor point base station.
  • the measurement control point indication information please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • various measurement parameters such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • the second measurement request may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
  • the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station.
  • the measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request.
  • the measurement procedure of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 2 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S802, and details are not described herein.
  • the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs and the anchor base station, for example, an Xn interface.
  • the anchor base station sends a first paging message to the UE according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the anchor base station confirms that the signal quality of the CELL2 is superior according to the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs
  • the first paging message is sent to the user, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes and monitors the location.
  • the anchor base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted.
  • the anchor base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the measurement result generated by itself. That is, the step S807 is directly performed, and when the preset camping cell change condition is met, the first paging message is sent to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And paging the channel, changing to synchronize and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first paging message carries a change status indicator and The identifier of the potential target cell, the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the first field is used to carry the status indicator
  • the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the first field can occupy 2 bits
  • the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
  • the anchor base station Before performing step S807, the anchor base station first determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the anchor base station sends a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the resident cell. Based on, the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell are synchronized and monitored.
  • the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell
  • the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • the increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camped cell. If it is necessary to change the camped cell, step S808 is performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S803 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
  • the anchor base station compares the measurement report generated by the original camped cell with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell.
  • the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 2 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 1, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
  • the anchor base station sends a first camped cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to use CELL 2 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell.
  • the first camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the first camped cell change indication may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
  • the camping base station in steps S801-S808 will no longer be the camping base station of the UE, the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, and the base station and measurement to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the base station still transmits the measurement result of the UE to the anchor base station.
  • the method further includes:
  • the anchor base station sends a second search to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs according to the received measurement result that the signal quality of the CELL 1 meets the cell release condition.
  • the message is forwarded and forwarded to the UE through the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
  • the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 1) before the change.
  • the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change.
  • the delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the second mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4 that is, the scenario in which the UE moves from the non-anchor cell (CELL 2) to the non-anchor cell (CELL 3), between the base stations, and between the base stations and the UE
  • the interaction process between the two is described in detail.
  • the camping base station ie, the base station to which CELL 2 belongs
  • the anchor point base station is the base station to which CELL1 belongs
  • the potential target cell is CELL 3.
  • CELL 2 and CELL 3 are in the same RNA, RNA 1.
  • the UE refers to the same UE.
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the camping base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station.
  • the other base stations are used as measurement base stations, and the measurement base station can generate measurement results about the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information.
  • the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a camping base station.
  • the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
  • the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
  • the measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the resident base station.
  • the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station. After the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the camping base station, such as an Xn interface.
  • the camping base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 3.
  • the measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident base station itself measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the camping base station may select one or more cells that are better for the measurement of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
  • the camping base station determines the potential target cell
  • other factors may also be referred to based on the acquired measurement results.
  • the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 3 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future.
  • the reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 3.
  • the camping base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the base station to which the CELL3 belongs is obtained according to the correspondence between the cells in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs.
  • the measurement request generated by the camping base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL3 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the resident base station.
  • the measurement control point indication information please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • various measurement parameters such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • the second measurement request may be sent by using an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the Xn interface For example, the Xn interface.
  • the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request.
  • the measurement procedure of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 3 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S902, and details are not described herein again.
  • the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the resident base station, for example, an Xn interface.
  • the camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the camping base station confirms that the signal quality of the CELL3 is superior according to the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs
  • the first paging message is sent to the user, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes and monitors the location.
  • the camping base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted.
  • the camping base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the self-generated measurement result. That is, directly executing step S907, when the preset camping cell change condition is met, sending a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized or listening to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And paging the channel, changing to synchronize and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • two fields may be extended, where the first field is used to carry the status indicator, and the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the first field can occupy 2 bits
  • the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
  • the camping base station determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is satisfied according to the measurement result before performing step S907. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Based on, the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell are synchronized and monitored.
  • the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell
  • the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • the increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
  • the camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If it is necessary to change the camping cell, steps S908-S910 are performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S903 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
  • the resident base station compares the measurement report generated by itself with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell.
  • the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 3 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 2, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
  • the camping base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the first resident small The area change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to use CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell.
  • the first camping cell change indication carries at least one of an identifier of the potential target cell, paging information, a cell list of a radio access notification area, and measurement information, where the measurement information includes a measurement cell identifier, and a measurement At least one of a duration, a measurement threshold, and an information reporting condition.
  • the first camped cell change indication may be sent by using an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
  • the camping base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the measurement base station.
  • the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the measuring base station to use the CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the second camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 3.
  • the measurement base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the camping base station sends a third camping cell change indication to the anchor base station.
  • the third camping cell change indication is used to notify the anchor base station to use the CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the third camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 3.
  • the anchor base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the camping base station in steps S901-S908 will no longer be the camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, as the measurement control of the UE. Point the base station.
  • the camping base station in steps S901-S908 can receive the TS of the UE, the measurement result of the UE is transmitted to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs After receiving the first camped cell change indication, the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs determines that the signal quality of the CELL 2 satisfies the cell release condition according to the received measurement result, and sends a second paging message to the UE.
  • the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 2) before the change.
  • the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change.
  • the delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the second mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4 that is, the scenario in which the UE moves from the non-anchor cell (CELL 2) to the non-anchor cell (CELL 3), between the base stations, and between the base stations and the UE
  • the anchor point base station ie, the base station to which CELL 1 belongs
  • the camping base station is the base station to which CELL2 belongs
  • the potential target cell is CELL 3.
  • CELL 2 and CELL 3 are in the same RNA, RNA 1.
  • the UE refers to the same UE.
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the anchor base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station.
  • the other base stations are used as measurement base stations, and the measurement base station can generate measurement results about the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information.
  • the measurement control point indicates information measurement control point indication information
  • the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident base station.
  • the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
  • the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
  • the measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the anchor base station.
  • the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. After the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the anchor base station.
  • the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the anchor base station, such as an Xn interface.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 3.
  • the measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident cell measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the anchor cell can also receive the TS of the UE, the measurement result further includes the measurement result generated by the anchor base station itself.
  • the anchor base station may select one or more cells that are superior to the measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
  • the anchor base station may refer to other factors based on the obtained measurement result.
  • the anchor base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 3 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future.
  • the reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 3.
  • the anchor base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the anchor base station learns the base station to which CELL3 belongs according to the correspondence between each cell in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs.
  • the measurement request generated by the anchor base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL3 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the resident base station.
  • the measurement control point indication information please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • various measurement parameters such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
  • the second measurement request may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
  • the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station.
  • the measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request.
  • the measurement process of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 3 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S1002, and details are not described herein.
  • the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the anchor base station, for example, an Xn interface.
  • the anchor base station sends the UE to the UE by using the camping base station according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. Send the first paging message.
  • the anchor base station confirms that the signal quality of the CELL3 is superior, and the first paging message is sent to the user by the camping base station, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate the user equipment. Synchronizing and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the anchor base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted.
  • the anchor base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the measurement result generated by itself. That is, directly executing step S1007, when the preset camping cell change condition is met, the first paging message is sent to the UE by the camping base station, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized or intercepted by the camping.
  • the broadcast channel and paging channel of the cell are changed to synchronize and listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • two fields may be extended, where the first field is used to carry the status indicator, and the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the first field can occupy 2 bits
  • the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
  • the anchor base station Before performing step S1007, the anchor base station first determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result. When it is determined that the predetermined cell addition condition is met, the anchor base station sends a first paging message to the UE by using the camping base station, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And synchronizing and listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of the paging channel.
  • the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell
  • the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel.
  • the increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camped cell. If it is necessary to change the camped cell, steps S1008-S1009 are performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S1003 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
  • the anchor base station compares the measurement report of the original camped cell with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell.
  • the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 3 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 2, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
  • the anchor base station sends a first camped cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to use CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell.
  • the first camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
  • the first camped cell change indication may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
  • the anchor base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the camping base station.
  • the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the camping base station to use the CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the second camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 3.
  • the camping base station After the user terminal changes the camping cell, the camping base station still sends the anchor base station to the anchor point base station. Send the measurement results.
  • the camping base station in steps S1001-S1009 will no longer serve as the camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL2 and the CELL 3 belong. And measuring the base station still transmitting the measurement result of the UE to the anchor base station.
  • the method further includes:
  • the anchor base station After the anchor base station sends the first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, the anchor base station sends, according to the received measurement result, that the signal quality of the CELL 2 meets the cell release condition, and sends the signal to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the second paging message is forwarded to the UE by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
  • the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 2) before the change.
  • the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change.
  • the delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • This embodiment moves to the third mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4, that is, the UE moves between cells across the RNA, for example, from CELL 3 to CELL 4, between base stations, and between the base station and the UE.
  • the camping base station ie, the base station to which CELL 3 belongs
  • the anchor point base station is the base station to which CELL1 belongs
  • the potential target cell is CELL 4.
  • CELL 3 and CELL 4 are in different RNAs.
  • the UE refers to the same UE.
  • the camping base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station.
  • CELL 2 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 2 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information.
  • the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a camping base station.
  • the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
  • the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
  • the measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the camping base station.
  • the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station. After the measurement cell covered by the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the camping base station, such as an Xn interface.
  • the camping base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 4.
  • the measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident cell measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the camping base station may select one or more cells that are better for the measurement of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
  • the camping base station determines the potential target cell
  • other factors may also be referred to based on the acquired measurement results.
  • the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 4 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future.
  • the reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 4.
  • the camping base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs.
  • the second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident of the UE.
  • the base station to which the reserved cell belongs the specific method will not be described again.
  • the camping base station determines whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, perform the following steps.
  • the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resource conflicts, that is, the resource used by the uplink TS sent by the UE is already occupied by the other UE, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a conflict indication to the camping base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the UE is in the Not available in the RNA of the potential target cell. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After the camping base station receives the conflict indication, S1106-S1107 is executed.
  • the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station. After the camping base station receives the measurement result, S1108-S1110 is executed.
  • the camping base station sends a paging message to the UE.
  • the paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
  • the UE After receiving the paging message, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channels of other cells, and starts to measure the downlink reference signals of the camped cells and other cells.
  • the UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
  • the CELL 4 is a cell that the UE determines that the UE may be camped on by the camping station, this indicates that the measurement result obtained by measuring the TS of the UE by the CELL 4 in each measurement cell is superior.
  • the quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the CELL 4 may be of good quality in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the camping base station can notify the UE of the identifier of the CELL 4, so that the UE can measure the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process.
  • the camping base station may further indicate, by using a paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of the camped cell of the UE and the downlink signal of the CELL 4, according to the downlink signal to the camped cell and the CELL 4.
  • the measurement result initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process.
  • the paging message further carries an identifier of the added status indicator and the CELL 4, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the measurement target of the downlink reference signal.
  • the UE After receiving the paging message carrying the downlink measurement indicator, the added status indicator, and the potential target cell identifier, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast of the potential target cell and other cells.
  • the channel initiates measurement of downlink reference signals for the camped cell, the potential target cell, and other cells.
  • the UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
  • the camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE.
  • the measurement change indication is used to notify the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  • the measurement change indication carries an identifier of the UE.
  • the camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the camping base station performs S1109. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the camping base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then S1109 is performed.
  • the camping base station sends a paging message to the UE.
  • a description of the paging message please refer to the description in S1106 above.
  • the camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE.
  • the measurement change indication is used to notify the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  • the measurement change indication carries an identifier of the UE.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • This embodiment moves to the third mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4, that is, the UE moves between cells across the RNA, for example, from CELL 3 to CELL 4, between base stations, and between the base station and the UE.
  • the anchor base station ie, the base station to which CELL 1 belongs
  • the resident base station is the base station to which CELL3 belongs
  • the potential target cell is CELL 4.
  • CELL 3 and CELL 4 are in different RNAs.
  • the UE refers to the same UE.
  • the anchor base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station.
  • CELL 2 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 2 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information.
  • the measurement control point indicates information measurement control point indication information
  • the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident base station.
  • the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
  • the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
  • the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
  • the measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the anchor base station.
  • the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station. After the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
  • the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the camping base station, such as an Xn interface.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 4.
  • the measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident cell measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
  • the anchor base station may select one or more cells that are superior to the measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
  • the anchor base station may further refer to the obtained measurement result.
  • the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 4 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future.
  • the reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 4.
  • the anchor base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs.
  • the second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured.
  • the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident of the UE.
  • the base station to which the reserved cell belongs the specific method will not be described again.
  • the anchor base station determines whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, perform the following steps.
  • the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resources are in conflict, that is, the resources used by the uplink TS sent by the UE are already occupied by other UEs, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a conflict indication to the anchor base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink TS sent by the UE is in the CELL 4 Not available in the RNA at the site. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After receiving the conflict indication, the anchor base station performs S1206.
  • the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station. After receiving the measurement result, the anchor base station performs S1207-S1208.
  • the anchor base station sends a paging message to the UE by using the camping base station.
  • the paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
  • the UE After receiving the paging message, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channels of other cells, and starts to measure the downlink reference signals of the camped cells and other cells.
  • the UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
  • the CELL 4 is a cell that the anchor base station determines that the UE may camp on, this indicates that the measurement result obtained by measuring the TS of the UE by the CELL 4 in each measurement cell is superior.
  • the quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the CELL 4 may be of good quality in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the anchor base station can notify the UE of the identifier of the CELL 4, so that the UE can measure the downlink reference signal of the CELL 4 as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process.
  • the anchor base station may further indicate, by using a paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of the camped cell of the UE and the downlink signal of the CELL 4, according to the downlink signal to the camped cell and the CELL 4.
  • the measurement result initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process.
  • the paging message further carries an identifier of the added status indicator and the CELL 4, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the measurement target of the downlink reference signal.
  • the UE After receiving the paging message carrying the downlink measurement indicator, the added status indicator, and the potential target cell identifier, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast of the potential target cell and other cells.
  • the channel initiates measurement of downlink reference signals for the camped cell, the potential target cell, and other cells.
  • the UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
  • the anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the anchor base station performs S1208. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the anchor base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then S1208 is performed.
  • the anchor base station sends a paging message to the UE by using the camping base station.
  • a description of the paging message please refer to the description in S1206 above.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station device can be used as the measurement control point base station in FIG. 3 and FIG. 5-12.
  • the base station device includes one or more transceivers 131 and one or more baseband units (abbreviated as: BBUs) 132.
  • the transceiver 131 can be referred to as a remote radio unit (English: remote radio unit, RRU), a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the transceiver 131 can include at least one antenna 1311 and a radio frequency unit 1312.
  • the transceiver 131 is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for transmitting the first message, the second message, the third message, and the like described in the foregoing embodiments to the UE, and to measure
  • the base station sends a camping cell change indication, receives measurement results sent by the measurement base station, and the like.
  • the processor 132 is mainly used for performing baseband processing, controlling a base station, and the like.
  • the transceiver 131 and the baseband unit 132 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.
  • the baseband unit 132 is mainly used to perform baseband processing functions such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spreading, and the like.
  • the baseband unit 132 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access system radio access network (such as an LTE network), or may separately support different access modes of wireless. Access Network.
  • Baseband unit 132 includes a processor 1321.
  • the processor 1321 can be used to control the flow performed by the base station shown in FIG. 13 to perform the measurement control point base station in each of the above embodiments.
  • baseband unit 132 may also include a memory 1322 for storing the necessary instructions and data.
  • FIG. 14 provides a schematic structural diagram of a UE.
  • the UE can perform the functions of the UE in the scenario or process shown in FIG. 5 to FIG.
  • FIG. 14 shows only the main components of the UE.
  • the UE includes a processor 1402, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is primarily used to process communication protocols and communication data, as well as to control the entire user equipment, execute software programs, process data of the software programs, for example, to support the UE in performing the actions described in the sections of Figures 5-12.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together may also be referred to as a transceiver 1401, and are mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. For example, it may be used to perform the sending of the message sent by the base station to which the current camping cell belongs in FIG. 5-12, and optionally the message may be sent in the form of a paging message.
  • the processor 1402 can read the software program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the transceiver receives the message sent by the base station, the corresponding function is performed according to the information carried in the message.
  • the transceiver 1401 is configured to receive, at a first moment, a first message, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to synchronize or listen to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of a potential target cell, where the potential target cell and the user
  • the camping cell of the device at the first moment is in the same RNA.
  • the processor 1402 is configured to synchronize or monitor a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell according to the first message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize and monitor the broadcast of the potential target cell by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment.
  • Channel and paging channel the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell, where the change status refers to The indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to change a cell that is a synchronization or interception target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the processor 1402 is further configured to acquire, by using the first message, the change status indicator and the identifier of the potential target cell; according to the change status indicator and the identifier of the potential target cell, by synchronization Or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or monitors the first potential on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment.
  • the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment increases synchronization or interception target as a broadcast channel and a paging channel. Community.
  • the processor 1402 is further configured to obtain, by using the first message, the added status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell; according to the added status indicator and the first potential target cell And identifying, on the basis of continuing to synchronize or monitoring the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment, synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell.
  • the transceiver 1401 is further configured to receive, at a second moment, a second message, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listen to the broadcast channel and the homing of the camped cell at the first moment.
  • the processor 1402 is further configured to: according to the second message, no longer synchronize and monitor the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment.
  • the second message carries a deletion status indicator and an identifier of the camping cell at the first moment, where the deletion status indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to delete a synchronization or interception object that is a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
  • the processor 1402 is further configured to acquire, according to the second message, the deletion status indicator and the identifier of the resident cell at the first moment; according to the deletion status indicator and the first The identity of the camped cell at the moment no longer synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell at the first moment.
  • the transceiver 1401 is further configured to receive, at a third moment, a third message, where the third message is used to indicate that the user equipment initiates
  • the downlink signals of the camped cell at the third moment and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment are measured.
  • the processor 1402 starts to measure downlink signals of the camped cell at the third moment and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment according to the third message; according to the measurement result of the downlink signal When the cell reselection condition is met, the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated.
  • the third message carries a downlink measurement indicator; the processor 1402 obtains the downlink measurement indicator from the third message; and the resident of the third time according to the downlink measurement indicator The downlink signal of the cell and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment is measured.
  • the third message is further used to indicate that the user equipment initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the second potential target cell, where the second potential target cell is different from the camped cell at the third moment.
  • the processor 1402 is further configured to: after receiving the third message, start to measure a downlink signal of the second potential target cell according to the third message; according to the camped cell for the third moment.
  • the measurement result of the downlink test signal of the neighboring cell of the camping cell and the second potential target cell at the third moment initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration request when the cell reselection condition is met.
  • the third message also carries an indication of an increase status indicator and the second potential target cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a UE mobility management system, including a measurement control point base station and one or more measurement base stations.
  • a measurement control point base station configured to send a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment is measured; according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement base station The returned measurement result determines a potential target cell of the user equipment, and the measurement result is generated based on an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment.
  • the measuring base station is configured to receive the first measurement request, perform measurement on the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment according to the first measurement request, and send the measured measurement result to the measurement control point base station.

Abstract

Disclosed in the embodiments of the present application is a mobility management method for user equipment. A measurement control point base station sends a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, the measurement request being used for instructing to measure the uplink tracking signal (TS) of user equipment; the measurement control point base station determines, according to a self-generated measurement result and/or the measurement result(s) returned by the measurement base station(s), a potential target cell of the user equipment, the measurement results being generated on the basis of the uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment. Disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are user equipment and a measurement control point base station. The use of the embodiments of the present application can reduce delay and signaling overheads.

Description

用户设备的移动性管理方法、用户设备及测量控制点基站User equipment mobility management method, user equipment, and measurement control point base station 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种用户设备的移动性管理方法、用户设备及测量控制点基站。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a mobility management method for a user equipment, a user equipment, and a measurement control point base station.
背景技术Background technique
在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)技术中,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)在无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control_INACTIVE,RRC)协议层有两种状态,分别为无线资源控制空闲(Radio Resource Control_IDLE,RRC_IDLE)状态和无线资源控制连接(Radio Resource Control_CONNECTED,RRC_CONNECTED)状态。当用户设备发起频繁小包业务时,UE从RRC_IDLE状态转换为RRC_CONNECTED状态会导致大量的信令开销。当用户设备处于RRC_CONNECTED状态时,需要持续地进行测量和向网络上报各类信息,导致存在能耗较大的问题。In the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE) technology, User Equipment (UE) has two layers in the Radio Resource Control (INACTIVE, RRC) protocol layer. The state is a Radio Resource Control_IDLE (RRC_IDLE) state and a Radio Resource Control_CONNECTED (RRC_CONNECTED) state. When the user equipment initiates a frequent packet service, the UE transitions from the RRC_IDLE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state, which causes a large amount of signaling overhead. When the user equipment is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, it is necessary to continuously perform measurement and report various types of information to the network, resulting in a problem of large energy consumption.
为了减少信令开销、减低能耗、缩短时延,在当前的第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)第五代移动通信技术(5-Generation,5G)的研究中,RRC协议层引入了一种新的状态:无线资源控制闲置状态(Radio Resource Control_INACTIVE,RRC_INACTIVE)。In order to reduce signaling overhead, reduce energy consumption, and reduce delay, the RRC protocol is in the current 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) 5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology (5G). The layer introduces a new state: Radio Resource Control Idle State (Radio Resource Control_INACTIVE, RRC_INACTIVE).
RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE在无线接入通知区(RAN Based Area,RNA)里面移动时,可以不通知网络,在移动到其他RNA时需要通知网络,RNA可以包含一个或者多个小区,这些小区可能不在同一个基站下。如何对RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE的移动性进行管理是一个正在讨论中的议题。目前一些探讨中的方案提出了基于下行信号测量的方案,然而这些方案存在时延较大难以满足5G要求的问题、以及信令开销较大的问题。The UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state may not notify the network when moving in the RAN Based Area (RNA), and needs to notify the network when moving to other RNAs. The RNA may include one or more cells, and these cells may not be the same. Under a base station. How to manage the mobility of UEs in the RRC_INACTIVE state is an issue under discussion. At present, some of the schemes under discussion propose schemes based on downlink signal measurement. However, these schemes have problems in that the delay is large and it is difficult to meet the requirements of 5G, and the problem of signaling overhead is large.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种用户设备的移动性管理方法、用户设备及测量控制点基站,用以改善现有UE移动性管理方案时延大且信令开销大的问题。The embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a user equipment, a user equipment, and a measurement control point base station, which are used to improve the problem that the existing UE mobility management solution has a large delay and a large signaling overhead.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种用户设备的移动性管理方法,包括:测量控制点基站首先向一个或多个测量基站发送测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。其中测量基站是指能够收到UE的TS的测量小区所属的基站;然后根据自身生成的测量结果和/或所述测量基站返回的测量结果确定所述UE的潜在目标小区,所述测量结果是基于所述UE发送的上行TS生成的。在此过程中网络侧无需与UE进行频繁信令交互,从而节约了空口资源。由于网络侧可以及时获知UE的位置,在有下行业务到达或状态变化时,网络侧可以快速与UE建立连接,避免额外时延。In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a user equipment, including: a measurement control point base station first sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate an uplink TS to the UE. Make measurements. The measurement base station refers to a base station to which the measurement cell of the TS of the UE belongs, and then determines a potential target cell of the UE according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, and the measurement result is Generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE. During this process, the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
在一种可能的设计中,测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,或者所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站。In a possible design, the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一测量请求携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点 指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站,或是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。In a possible design, the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point The indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, or a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述确定用户设备的潜在目标小区之后,所述测量控制点基站向所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送第二测量请求,所述第二测量请求携带所述测量控制点指示信息。In another possible design, after the determining a potential target cell of the user equipment, the measurement control point base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the second measurement request carries the Measurement control point indication information.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一测量请求和所述第二测量请求还携带测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。In another possible design, the first measurement request and the second measurement request further carry at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes the At least one of a terminal identifier, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal of the user equipment.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于同一RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,所述潜在目标小区发送的测量结果是潜在目标小区所属的基站基于所述潜在目标小区内接收到的所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的;所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区。In another possible design, the potential target cell is located in the same RNA as the camping cell, and after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. The measurement result that is sent by the potential target cell is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is generated based on the uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment received in the potential target cell; the measurement control point base station according to the The measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is determined whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the user equipment. The base station to which the camping cell belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站向所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。In another possible design, when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, the first station The staying cell change indication is used to notify the camping cell of the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as the camping cell.
测量控制点基站通过第一驻留小区变更指示通知潜在目标小区所属的基站UE的驻留小区变更为潜在目标小区。The measurement control point base station notifies the camped cell of the base station UE to which the potential target cell belongs to be changed to the potential target cell by using the first camped cell change indication.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识、寻呼信息、所述RNA的小区列表以及测量信息中的至少一种,所述测量信息包括测量小区标识、测量时长、测量门限值以及信息上报条件中的至少一种。In another possible design, the first camping cell change indication carries at least one of an identifier of the potential target cell, paging information, a cell list of the RNA, and measurement information, the measurement The information includes at least one of a measurement cell identifier, a measurement duration, a measurement threshold, and an information reporting condition.
潜在目标小区所属的基站在驻留小区变更完成后成为UE新的测量控制点基站,根据第一驻留小区变更指示中携带的信息对UE的测量结果进行控制。The base station to which the potential target cell belongs is the new measurement control point base station of the UE after the camping cell change is completed, and controls the measurement result of the UE according to the information carried in the first camped cell change indication.
在另一种可能的设计中,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站向所述测量基站发送第二驻留小区变更指示,所述第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。In another possible design, when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the measurement base station, where the second camping cell change indication And a camping cell for notifying the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as a change camp cell.
测量控制点基站通过第二驻留小区变更指示通知测量基站UE的驻留小区变更为潜在目标小区。The measurement control point base station notifies the measurement of the camping cell of the base station UE to the potential target cell by the second camping cell change indication.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第二驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识。In another possible design, the second camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站 向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送第三驻留小区变更指示,所述第三驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。In another possible design, when the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the measurement control point base station And sending, by the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, a third camping cell change indication, where the third camping cell change indication is used to notify the user equipment that the potential target cell is used as a changed camping cell Resident cell.
测量控制点基站通过第三驻留小区变更指示通知锚点小区所属的基站UE的驻留小区变更为潜在目标小区,从而使得锚点小区所属的基站能够及时获知UE当前驻留小区的更新情况。The measurement control point base station notifies the camping cell of the base station UE to which the anchor cell belongs to the potential target cell by using the third camping cell change indication, so that the base station to which the anchor cell belongs can timely know the update status of the currently camped cell of the UE.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第三驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识。In another possible design, the third camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In another possible design, when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is Synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。In another possible design, the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment changes as a broadcast channel and a paging channel. The cell that synchronizes or listens to the object.
通过上述第一消息,UE可以及时获知UE的驻留小区的变更情况,并且这种方式只需要网络侧向UE发送一条消息就可以完成驻留小区变更,可以节省空口资源。Through the foregoing first message, the UE can learn the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and only needs to send a message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In another possible design, before the determining whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, to the user equipment. a first message, the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, and monitors or listens to the broadcast channel and the homing of the potential target cell. Call channel.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。In another possible design, the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and a paging channel. The cell that synchronizes or listens to the object.
通过上述第一消息,UE可以及时获知UE的驻留小区的变更情况,并且这种方式由于提前让UE先同时同步监听驻留小区的广播信道、寻呼信道,以及潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,从而提高UE接收到寻呼消息的可靠性。Through the foregoing first message, the UE can be informed of the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and the UE broadcasts the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel of the potential target cell simultaneously by the UE in advance. Paging the channel to improve the reliability of the UE receiving the paging message.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the user equipment. The base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的原驻留小区所属的基站,所述原驻留小区是指所述确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之前所述用户设备的驻留小区。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell before The camped cell of the user equipment.
在另一种可能的设计中,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In another possible design, when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is Synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the original camping cell, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示用户设备变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对 象的小区。In another possible design, the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment changes synchronization as a broadcast channel and a paging channel or Monitor pair Like the community.
通过上述第一消息,UE可以及时获知UE的驻留小区的变更情况,并且这种方式只需要网络侧向UE发送一条消息就可以完成驻留小区变更,可以节省空口资源。Through the foregoing first message, the UE can learn the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and only needs to send a message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道;当确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In another possible design, before the determining whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, to the user equipment. a first message, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or monitors a broadcast channel and a broadcast channel of the potential target cell on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the original resident cell. a paging channel; when it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a second message to the user equipment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or monitored. a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the original camped cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区;所述第二消息携带有状态删除指示符和所述原驻留小区的标识,所述删除状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备删除作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。In another possible design, the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and a paging channel. Synchronizing or listening to the cell of the object; the second message carries a state deletion indicator and an identifier of the original camping cell, the deletion state indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to delete the broadcast channel and the paging channel The cell that synchronizes or listens to the object.
通过上述第一消息,UE可以及时获知UE的驻留小区的变更情况,并且这种方式由于提前让UE先同时同步监听驻留小区的广播信道、寻呼信道,以及潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,从而提高UE接收到寻呼消息的可靠性。Through the foregoing first message, the UE can be informed of the change of the camped cell of the UE in time, and the UE broadcasts the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel of the potential target cell simultaneously by the UE in advance. Paging the channel to improve the reliability of the UE receiving the paging message.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的原驻留小区所属的基站,所述原驻留小区是指所述确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之前所述用户设备的驻留小区。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell before The camped cell of the user equipment.
在另一种可能的设计中,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站向所述原驻留小区所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。In another possible design, when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the original camping cell belongs, the first The camped cell change indication is used to notify the camped cell of the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as a change camp cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识。In another possible design, the first camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一驻留小区变更指示还用于通知向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In another possible design, the first camping cell change indication is further used to notify that the first message is sent to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized or intercepted by the The broadcast channel and paging channel of the camping cell are changed to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一驻留小区变更指示还携带有寻呼信息。In another possible design, the first camping cell change indication further carries paging information.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,通过所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道;In another possible design, before the determining whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station passes the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and passes through the user equipment. The base station to which the camping cell belongs sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the potential target cell;
当确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述测量控制点基站通过所述潜在目标小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。 When it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the measurement control point base station sends a second message to the user equipment by using the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the second message is used to indicate the user equipment. The broadcast channel and paging channel of the original camped cell are no longer synchronized or monitored.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区;所述第二消息携带有状态删除指示符和所述原驻留小区的标识,所述删除状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备删除作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。In another possible design, the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and a paging channel. Synchronizing or listening to the cell of the object; the second message carries a state deletion indicator and an identifier of the original camping cell, the deletion state indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to delete the broadcast channel and the paging channel The cell that synchronizes or listens to the object.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the user equipment. The base station to which the camping cell belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的冲突指示,所述冲突指示携带所述用户设备的标识,所述冲突指示用于指示所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用;所述测量控制点基站接收到所述冲突指示后,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。从而对UE在跨RNA的移动过程中,对UE的移动性进行管理。In another possible design, the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs And the conflict indication indicates that the identifier of the user equipment is carried, the conflict indication is used to indicate that an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment is unavailable in an RNA where the potential target cell is located; the measurement control After receiving the conflict indication, the point base station sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the user equipment, according to the The measurement result of the downlink signal initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process. Thereby, the UE's mobility is managed during the movement of the UE across the RNA.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送测量变更指示,所述测量变更指示用于通知所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站所述用户设备的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station sends a measurement change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the anchor cell to which the user equipment belongs. The measurement mode of the user equipment of the base station is changed to measure the downlink signal.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量变更指示携带所述用户设备的标识。In another possible design, the measurement change indication carries an identification of the user equipment.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果;In another possible design, the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs Measurement result;
所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate the station to the user equipment. The downlink signal of the reserved cell is measured, and the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is not the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送测量变更指示,所述测量变更指示用于通知所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站所述用户设备的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station sends a measurement change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the anchor cell to which the user equipment belongs. The measurement mode of the user equipment of the base station is changed to measure the downlink signal.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量变更指示携带所述用户设备的标识。 In another possible design, the measurement change indication carries an identification of the user equipment.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站、且所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。In another possible design, the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, The measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的冲突指示,所述冲突指示携带所述用户设备的标识,所述冲突指示用于指示所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用;所述测量控制点基站接收到所述冲突指示后,通过所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行测量,根据下行测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。In another possible design, the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs And the conflict indication indicates that the identifier of the user equipment is carried, the conflict indication is used to indicate that an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment is unavailable in an RNA where the potential target cell is located; the measurement control After receiving the conflict indication, the point base station sends a first message to the user equipment by using a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to start the user equipment. The downlink measurement of the camped cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the downlink measurement result.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果;In another possible design, the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending the second measurement request, the measurement control point base station receives the base station to which the potential target cell belongs Measurement result;
所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,通过用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站所述向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, by using the base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, the first message is used to indicate The user equipment starts to measure a downlink signal of the camped cell of the user equipment, and initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带有下行测量指示符。In another possible design, the first message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息还用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,根据对所述驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号的测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。In another possible design, the first message is further used to indicate that the user equipment initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the camping cell of the user equipment and the potential target cell, according to the camping The measurement result of the downlink signal of the cell and the potential target cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息还携带有增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备增加作为下行参考信号的测量对象的小区。In another possible design, the first message further carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment increases the measurement as a downlink reference signal. The cell of the object.
在另一种可能的设计中,如果资源不冲突,潜在目标小区所属的基站向锚点基站发送测量结果,锚点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定是否满足测量变更条件。In another possible design, if the resources do not conflict, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the measurement result to the anchor base station, and the anchor base station determines whether the measurement change is satisfied according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. condition.
在另一种可能的设计中,如果满足测量变更条件,锚点基站向UE发送寻呼消息。如果不满足测量变更条件,锚点基站继续接收来自于各个测量基站的测量结果,直到根据获得的测量结果确认满足测量变更条件In another possible design, the anchor base station sends a paging message to the UE if the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is not met, the anchor base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种用户设备的移动性管理方法,包括:In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a user equipment, including:
用户设备在第一时刻接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备同步或监听第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,所述第一潜在目标小区与所述用户设备在所述第一时刻的驻留小区处于同一无线接入通知区RNA;所述用户设备根据所述第一消息,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Receiving, by the user equipment, the first message, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell, where the first potential target cell and the user The camping cell of the device at the first moment is in the same radio access notification area RNA; the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell according to the first message.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。 In a possible design, the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize and listen to the first by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. A broadcast channel and a paging channel of a potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带变更状态指示符和所述第一潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。In another possible design, the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell, the change status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment changes as a broadcast channel and paging The synchronization of the channel or the cell of the listening object.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In another possible design, the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息携带增加状态指示符和所述第一潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。In another possible design, the first message carries an increase status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell, the increase status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is added as a broadcast channel and paging The synchronization of the channel or the cell of the listening object.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道之后,所述用户设备在第二时刻接收第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In another possible design, the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment, and synchronizes or monitors the first potential target cell. After the broadcast channel and the paging channel, the user equipment receives the second message at the second moment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listens to the broadcast of the camping cell at the first moment. Channel and paging channel.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第二消息携带有删除状态指示符和所述第一时刻的驻留小区的标识,所述删除状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备删除作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。In another possible design, the second message carries a deletion status indicator and an identifier of the camping cell at the first moment, where the deletion status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment is deleted as a broadcast channel. Synchronization with the paging channel or the cell of the listening object.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述用户设备在第三时刻接收第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对在所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量;所述用户设备根据所述第三消息启动对所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量;所述用户设备根据所述下行信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。In another possible design, the user equipment receives a third message at a third moment, where the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate camping on the third time and the first The downlink signal of the neighboring cell of the camping cell at the third time is measured; the user equipment initiates, according to the third message, the neighboring cell of the third time and the neighboring cell of the third time The downlink signal of the cell is measured; the user equipment initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process when the cell reselection condition is met according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第三消息携带下行测量指示符。In another possible design, the third message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第三消息还用于指示所述用户设备启动对第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,所述第二潜在目标小区与所述第三时刻的驻留小区处于不同RNA;所述用户设备在接收到所述第三消息之后,所述用户设备根据所述第三消息启动对所述第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量;所述用户设备根据对所述第三时刻的驻留小区、所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区和所述第二潜在目标小区的下行考信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置请求。In another possible design, the third message is further used to indicate that the user equipment initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the second potential target cell, where the second potential target cell and the third time station are located. The user equipment is in different RNAs; after receiving the third message, the user equipment starts to measure downlink signals of the second potential target cell according to the third message; And measuring a downlink test signal of the camped cell at the third moment, the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment, and the second potential target cell, when the cell reselection condition is met, initiating wireless Resource control reconfiguration request.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第三消息还携带有增加状态指示符和所述第二潜在目标小区的标在另一种可能识。In one possible design, the third message also carries an increased status indicator and the second potential target cell is marked with another possible knowledge.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种基站,该基站设备包括一个或多个收发器和一个或多个处理器,用于实现上述第一方面提供的一种用户设备的移动性管理方法中的步骤。In a third aspect, the present application provides a base station, where the base station device includes one or more transceivers and one or more processors for implementing the mobility management method of a user equipment provided by the foregoing first aspect. step.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种用户终端,包括:处理器、存储器、收发器以及输入输出装置,其中,处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个用户设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。收发器包括控制电路和天线,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。该处理器、存储器、收发器以及输入输出装置用于实现上述第二方面提供的一种用户设备的移动性管理方法中的步骤。 In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a user terminal, including: a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and an input/output device, wherein the processor is mainly used to process a communication protocol and communication data, and control the entire user equipment. Execute software programs to process data from software programs. Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. The control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals. The transceiver includes a control circuit and an antenna, and is mainly used for transmitting and receiving an RF signal in the form of electromagnetic waves. The processor, the memory, the transceiver, and the input/output device are used to implement the steps in the mobility management method of the user equipment provided by the second aspect.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种用户设备的移动性管理系统,包括测量控制点基站和一个或多个测量基站,测量控制点基站,用于向一个或多个测量基站发送第一测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量;根据自身生成的测量结果和/或所述测量基站返回的测量结果确定所述用户设备的潜在目标小区,所述测量结果是基于所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的;所述测量基站,用于接收所述第一测量请求,根据所述第一测量请求对所述用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量,将测量得到的测量结果发送给所述测量控制点基站。In a fifth aspect, the application provides a mobility management system for a user equipment, including a measurement control point base station and one or more measurement base stations, and a measurement control point base station, configured to send a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations. The measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment is measured; and the potential target cell of the user equipment is determined according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, and the measurement result is And the measurement base station is configured to receive the first measurement request, and perform measurement on the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment according to the first measurement request, and the measurement is obtained by using the uplink tracking signal that is sent by the user equipment. The measurement result is sent to the measurement control point base station.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background art, the drawings to be used in the embodiments of the present application or the background art will be described below.
图1是本申请提供的一种上行测量的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of an uplink measurement provided by the present application;
图2是本申请提供的一种RNA的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural view of an RNA provided by the present application;
图3是本申请的一个实施例提供的一种UE的移动性管理方法的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a mobility management method of a UE according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种状态管理方法所应用的网络环境的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a network environment to which a state management method is provided according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请的一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种基站设备的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种UE的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
5G标准的讨论中,有人设想基于上行测量的方式对UE的移动性进行管理。图1是上行测量的示意图。RNA 1中包含4个小区,分别是CELL 1,CELL 2,CELL 3和CELL4。RNA 2中包含4个小区,分别是CELL 5,CELL 6,CELL 7和CELL 8。UE向网络发送上行(Uplink,UL)跟踪信号(Tracking signal,TS),该信号在RNA范围内唯一地对应一个UE。网络根据接收到的TS所在的传输接收点(Transmission/Reception Point,TRP)确定UE的位置,当网络检测到UE移动到其他RNA时,再通知UE进行相关参数的重配。In the discussion of the 5G standard, it is envisaged to manage the mobility of the UE based on the uplink measurement. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an upstream measurement. RNA 1 contains four cells, CELL 1, CELL 2, CELL 3 and CELL4. RNA 2 contains 4 cells, which are CELL 5, CELL 6, CELL 7 and CELL 8. The UE sends an Uplink (UL) Tracking Signal (TS) to the network, which uniquely corresponds to one UE in the RNA range. The network determines the location of the UE according to the Transmission/Reception Point (TRP) where the received TS is located. When the network detects that the UE moves to other RNAs, it notifies the UE to perform reconfiguration of related parameters.
然而,上述上行测量的原理在具体应用过程中,遇到许多需要解决的问题:However, the principle of the above uplink measurement encounters many problems to be solved in the specific application process:
例如如何设定测量控制设备。如图2所示,一个RNA可能含有多个小区(或者超级小区hyper cell)。核心网(Core Network,CN)与anchor cell保持S1承载,UE相关的上下文保存在anchor cell中(如:CELL1)。当UE在RNA内部移动时,可能移动到anchor cell 之外,这时驻留小区(英文可以但不限于为:camp cell)与anchor cell不一致,在这种情况下如何汇总测量结果成为一个问题。此外,虽然camp cell只有1个,但能够收到UE TS的小区(即测量小区,如CELL 3)可能有多个,在这种情况下如何汇总测量结果也是一个问题。由于对上行TS进行测量的测量设备在网络侧,因此需要在网络侧进行测量结果的汇总比较。如果收到UE TS的各小区不知将测量结果汇总到哪个设备进行控制,则后续的定位等流程将无法完成。For example, how to set up a measurement control device. As shown in Figure 2, an RNA may contain multiple cells (or hyper cells). The core network (CN) and the anchor cell maintain the S1 bearer, and the UE-related context is stored in the anchor cell (for example, CELL1). When the UE moves inside the RNA, it may move to the anchor cell In addition, the camping cell (English can be, but not limited to: camp cell) is inconsistent with the anchor cell. In this case, how to aggregate the measurement results becomes a problem. In addition, although there are only one camp cell, there may be multiple cells (ie, measurement cells such as CELL 3) that can receive the UE TS, and how to aggregate the measurement results in this case is also a problem. Since the measurement device that measures the uplink TS is on the network side, it is necessary to perform a summary comparison of the measurement results on the network side. If the cells receiving the UE TS do not know which device to summarize the measurement results for, the subsequent positioning and other processes cannot be completed.
为了对处于RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE的移动性进行管理,本申请实施例提供了一种基于上行测量的状态管理方法。以下各实施例中UE可以均处于RRC_INACTIVE状态。可选地,RRC_INACTIVE状态具有以下特点:网络侧保留处于RRC_INACTIVE的UE的上下文(context)信息。基站和核心网保留处于RRC_INACTIVE的UE的连接信息。网络侧可以获知处于RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE在RNA层的位置,即网络层可以知晓UE在哪个RNA中。当处于RRC_INACTIVE的UE移出之前所处的RNA时,网络侧可以感知。可选地,在本申请实施例中,RNA具有以下特点:每个UE都处于一个特定的RNA中,网络侧可以配置UE处于哪个RNA;RNA可以覆盖1个或多个小区。In order to manage the mobility of the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the embodiment of the present application provides a state management method based on uplink measurement. In the following embodiments, the UEs may all be in the RRC_INACTIVE state. Optionally, the RRC_INACTIVE state has the following feature: the network side reserves context information of the UE in RRC_INACTIVE. The base station and the core network reserve connection information of the UE in RRC_INACTIVE. The network side can know the location of the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state at the RNA layer, that is, the network layer can know which RNA the UE is in. When the UE in RRC_INACTIVE moves out of the RNA before it, the network side can be aware. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the RNA has the following characteristics: each UE is in a specific RNA, and the network side can configure which RNA the UE is in; the RNA can cover one or more cells.
本申请实施例提供了一种UE的移动性管理方法。下面结合附图对本申请实施例提供的方案进行描述。在该方法中,每个处于RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE分别对应一个网络侧的测量控制点基站,由该测量控制点基站对该UE的移动性进行管理。The embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a UE. The solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. In this method, each UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state corresponds to a measurement control point base station on the network side, and the mobility of the UE is managed by the measurement control point base station.
具体地,请参照附图3,该方法包括:Specifically, referring to FIG. 3, the method includes:
S301,测量控制点基站向一个或多个测量基站发送测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。其中测量基站是指能够收到UE的TS的测量小区所属的基站。S301. The measurement control point base station sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured. The measurement base station refers to a base station to which a measurement cell capable of receiving a TS of the UE belongs.
S302,测量控制点基站根据自身生成的测量结果和/或所述测量基站返回的测量结果确定所述UE的潜在目标小区,所述测量结果是基于所述UE发送的上行TS生成的。S302. The measurement control point base station determines, according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, the potential target cell of the UE, where the measurement result is generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE.
可选地,测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,或者所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站。进一步地,测量控制点基站可以在测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站,或是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站。测量控制点指示信息的作用是指示测量基站向锚点小区所属的基站,或是向驻留小区所属的基站发送测量结果。测量基站可以依据测量控制点指示信息获知应该向锚点基站发送测量结果,还是向驻留基站发送测量结果。Optionally, the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs. Further, the measurement control point base station may carry the measurement control point indication information in the measurement request, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs, or The base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs. The function of the measurement control point indication information is to indicate that the measurement base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the anchor cell belongs, or to the base station to which the camping cell belongs. The measurement base station can learn whether the measurement result should be sent to the anchor base station or the measurement result to the camping base station according to the measurement control point indication information.
在结合具体场景对上述UE的移动性管理方法进行介绍之前,首先对方案中涉及的潜在目标小区这一术语进行介绍。在LTE场景中,对于处于RRC_CONNECTED状态的UE而言,目标小区是指在发生小区切换时的作为切换后的服务小区的小区。处于RRC_CONNECTED状态的UE对各小区的下行参考信号进行测量,只有在满足小区切换条件时,将确定的目标小区上报给网络侧。潜在目标小区可以看作是处于RRC_CONNECTED状态的UE需要对下行参考信号进行测量的对象小区。对于处于RRC_IDLE状态的UE而言,在小区重选过程中UE监听广播信道,获取相关参数,例如信号质量低于什么门限就启动同频、异频或异系统的邻区测量,有哪些邻区等等。UE通过测量比较,从多个邻区中确定新的服务小区,并驻留到新的服务小区上。UE的驻留小 区的所有邻区(neighbor cell)可以被视为潜在目标小区。在上述小区重选的过程中,UE没有与基站进行信令交互,是UE通过内部处理实现的。Before introducing the mobility management method of the UE in combination with a specific scenario, the term potential target cell involved in the scheme is first introduced. In the LTE scenario, for a UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the target cell refers to a cell that is a serving cell after handover when a cell handover occurs. The UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state measures the downlink reference signal of each cell, and reports the determined target cell to the network side only when the cell handover condition is met. The potential target cell can be regarded as a target cell in which the UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state needs to measure the downlink reference signal. For the UE in the RRC_IDLE state, the UE listens to the broadcast channel during the cell reselection process, and acquires related parameters. For example, if the signal quality is lower than the threshold, the neighboring area measurement of the same frequency, the different frequency or the different system is started, and the neighboring areas are detected. and many more. The UE determines a new serving cell from a plurality of neighboring cells by measurement comparison and camps on the new serving cell. Small resident of the UE All neighbor cells of the zone can be considered as potential target cells. During the cell reselection process, the UE does not perform signaling interaction with the base station, which is implemented by the UE through internal processing.
在本申请中潜在目标小区的含义与LTE场景中有所不同。由于本申请是由网络层通过对UE的上行TS进行测量来确定UE应该驻留的小区,潜在目标小区是指基站根据UE的位置、或者运动方向等可选因素从UE通过监听广播信道可以获知的所有邻区中挑选出的一个或者多个小区。潜在目标小区是指基站确定出的UE未来可能驻留的小区。从确定结果来看,最终确定出的潜在目标小区的范围有可能小于LTE场景中的邻区,即潜在目标小区是邻区的一个子集。The meaning of the potential target cell in this application is different from that in the LTE scenario. Since the present application determines the cell that the UE should camp by measuring the uplink TS of the UE by the network layer, the potential target cell refers to that the base station can learn from the UE by listening to the broadcast channel according to optional factors such as the location of the UE or the direction of motion. One or more cells selected from all neighboring areas. The potential target cell refers to a cell that the base station determines that the UE may camp in the future. From the determination result, the range of the potential target cell finally determined may be smaller than the neighboring cell in the LTE scenario, that is, the potential target cell is a subset of the neighboring cell.
本申请实施例提供了一种基于上行TS测量的UE的移动性管理方法。在该方法中由网络侧的一个测量控制点基站向一个或多个测量基站发送测量请求,用以请求测量基站对UE的上行TS进行测量。测量控制点基站汇总各个基站生成的对于所述UE的上行TS的测量结果,据此确定所述UE的潜在目标小区,潜在目标小区反映了UE可能驻留的小区,从而实现对UE移动性的管理。在此过程中网络侧无需与UE进行频繁信令交互,从而节约了空口资源。由于网络侧可以及时获知UE的位置,在有下行业务到达或状态变化时,网络侧可以快速与UE建立连接,避免额外时延。The embodiment of the present application provides a mobility management method for a UE based on uplink TS measurement. In the method, a measurement control base station of the network side sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations to request the measurement base station to measure the uplink TS of the UE. The measurement control point base station aggregates the measurement results of the uplink TS generated by each base station for the UE, and determines the potential target cell of the UE according to the potential target cell, and the potential target cell reflects the cell where the UE may camp, thereby implementing mobility for the UE. management. During this process, the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种状态管理方法所应用的网络环境的示意图。该环境包括无线网络和UE。无线网络包括核心网CN、第一无线接入通知区RNA 1和第二无线接入通知区RNA 2。其中,第一无线接入通知区RNA 1包括3个小区,分别为CELL 1、CELL 2和CELL 3。CELL 1是UE的锚点小区。第二无线接入通知区包括3个小区,分别为CELL 4、CELL 5和CELL 6。UE可以在上述各个小区之间移动,具体包括如下几种场景:第一,UE在anchor cell与非anchor cell之间移动,例如从CELL 1移动到CELL 2;第二,UE在两个非anchor cell的小区间移动,例如从CELL 2移动到CELL 3;第三,UE在跨RNA的小区之间移动,例如从CELL 3移动到CELL 4。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a network environment to which a state management method is provided according to an embodiment of the present application. This environment includes wireless networks and UEs. The wireless network includes a core network CN, a first radio access notification area RNA 1 and a second radio access notification area RNA 2. The first radio access notification area RNA 1 includes three cells, which are CELL 1, CELL 2, and CELL 3. CELL 1 is the anchor cell of the UE. The second radio access notification area includes three cells, which are CELL 4, CELL 5, and CELL 6. The UE may be moved between the foregoing cells, and specifically includes the following scenarios: First, the UE moves between an anchor cell and a non-anchor cell, for example, from CELL 1 to CELL 2; second, the UE is in two non-anchor Inter-cell movement of cells, for example from CELL 2 to CELL 3; third, the UE moves between cells across the RNA, for example from CELL 3 to CELL 4.
在本申请中,anchor cell是指保留处于RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE的上下文信息,并与核心网保持连接的小区。In the present application, an anchor cell refers to a cell that retains context information of a UE in an RRC_INACTIVE state and remains connected to a core network.
在LTE系统中,camp cell的含义可以参考LTE中服务小区的定义,例如camp cell是指处于RRC_IDLE状态的UE当前驻留的服务小区(serving cell),或者处于RRC_CONNECTED状态的UE当前所在的小区。在本申请中,camp cell的含义在上述基础上进行了扩展,camp cell是指覆盖范围包括处于RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE的小区,处于RRC_INACTIVE状态的UE同步以及监听该camp cell的广播信道和寻呼信道。In the LTE system, the meaning of the camp cell can refer to the definition of the serving cell in the LTE. For example, the camp cell refers to the serving cell in which the UE in the RRC_IDLE state is currently camped, or the cell in which the UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state is currently located. In the present application, the meaning of the camp cell is extended on the basis of the above, the camp cell refers to the cell whose coverage includes the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state synchronizes, and the broadcast channel and the paging channel that listens to the camp cell. .
当UE移动到第一无线接入通知区RNA1和第二无线接入通知区RNA2中的任意一个基站所覆盖的小区时,以该小区作为驻留小区。在本申请中为了后续描述简便,将UE的驻留小区所属的基站称为驻留基站。将anchor cell所属的基站称为锚点基站。广义上说,能收到UE TS的小区所属的基站都是测量基站,在本申请中为了与锚点基站和驻留基站相区分,除锚点基站和驻留基站之外其他能收到UE TS的小区所属的基站称为测量基站。在以上三种场景中,UE与基站之间、基站与基站之间分别存在不同的交互机制,以下通过具体的实施例进行说明。When the UE moves to a cell covered by any one of the first radio access notification area RNA1 and the second radio access notification area RNA2, the cell is used as a camping cell. In the present application, for the convenience of the subsequent description, the base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs is referred to as a camping base station. The base station to which the anchor cell belongs is referred to as an anchor base station. Broadly speaking, the base stations to which the UEs that can receive the UE TS belong are measurement base stations. In this application, in order to distinguish from the anchor base station and the camping base station, other than the anchor point base station and the camping base station, the UE can be received. The base station to which the cell of the TS belongs is called a measurement base station. In the above three scenarios, different interaction mechanisms exist between the UE and the base station, and between the base station and the base station. The following describes the specific embodiments.
本申请实施例根据测量控制设备的不同,主要提供了两种方案,分别是测量控制点基 站是驻留基站的方案,以及以测量控制点基站是锚点基站的方案。According to the measurement control device, the embodiment of the present application mainly provides two solutions, which are respectively a measurement control point base. The station is a scheme for camping on the base station, and the scheme for measuring the control point base station is an anchor base station.
第一种方案,测量控制点基站是驻留基站。首先UE的驻留基站(驻留基站可以是锚点基站也可以不是锚点基站)向一个或多个测量基站发送测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,测量请求中携带的测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站。UE的驻留基站根据自身生成的测量结果和/或一个或多个测量基站返回的测量结果,确定UE的潜在目标小区。UE的驻留基站向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送测量请求,接收潜在目标小区所属的基站对应的反馈后,确定后续将执行的流程。In the first scheme, the measurement control point base station is a camping base station. First, the camping base station of the UE (the camping base station may be an anchor base station or an anchor base station) sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request is The measurement control point indication information carried in the indication is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs. The camping base station of the UE determines the potential target cell of the UE according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations. The camping base station of the UE sends a measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and after receiving the feedback corresponding to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, determines a procedure to be subsequently performed.
后续将执行的流程包括但不限于,如果潜在目标小区与所述UE的驻留小区处于同一RNA中,则UE的驻留基站根据潜在目标小区所属的基站返回的测量结果确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之后,驻留基站向潜在目标小区所属的基站、其他测量基站发送驻留小区变更指示,以及向用户设备发送消息以便于网络侧和UE同步变更后的驻留小区。当驻留基站不是锚点基站时驻留基站还需要向锚点基站发送驻留小区变更指示。从而完成驻留小区变更,潜在目标小区成为新的驻留小区。在用户设备的驻留小区变更之后,能够收到UE的TS的测量基站都向新的驻留小区所属的基站上报测量结果。The process to be performed subsequently includes, but is not limited to, if the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camped cell of the UE, the camping base station of the UE determines the user equipment needs according to the measurement result returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. After the camping cell is changed, the camping base station sends a camping cell change indication to the base station and other measurement base stations to which the potential target cell belongs, and sends a message to the user equipment to facilitate the network side and the UE to synchronize the changed camping cell. The camping base station also needs to send a camped cell change indication to the anchor base station when the camping base station is not the anchor point base station. Thereby, the camped cell change is completed, and the potential target cell becomes a new camped cell. After the cell of the user equipment is changed, the measurement base station that can receive the TS of the UE reports the measurement result to the base station to which the new camping cell belongs.
如果潜在目标小区与所述UE的驻留小区处于不同RNA中,则UE的驻留基站根据潜在目标小区所属的基站返回的测量结果或冲突指示,向UE发送消息,其中冲突指示用以指示UE的上行TS在所述潜在目标小区不可用,向UE发送的消息用于通知所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。当驻留基站不是锚点基站时驻留基站还需要向锚点基站发送测量变更指示,所述测量变更指示用于通知UE的锚点基站所述UE的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。If the potential target cell is in a different RNA from the camping cell of the UE, the camping base station of the UE sends a message to the UE according to the measurement result or the conflict indication returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the conflict indication is used to indicate the UE. The uplink TS is unavailable in the potential target cell, and the message sent to the UE is used to notify the UE to start measuring the downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate radio resource control reconfiguration according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. Process. When the camping base station is not the anchor point base station, the camping base station needs to send a measurement change indication to the anchor point base station, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the anchor station of the UE that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal.
第二种方案,测量控制点基站是锚点基站。首先UE的锚点基站(锚点基站可以是驻留基站也可以不是驻留基站)向一个或多个测量基站发送测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对用户设备UE的上行TS进行测量,测量请求中携带的测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站。UE的锚点基站根据自身产生的测量结果和/或一个或多个测量基站返回的测量结果确定潜在目标小区,向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送测量请求。锚点基站接收潜在目标小区所属的基站对应的反馈后,确定后续将执行的流程。In the second scheme, the measurement control point base station is an anchor base station. First, the anchor base station of the UE (the anchor base station may be a camping base station or a camping base station) sends a measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured. The measurement control point indication information carried in the measurement request is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs. The anchor base station of the UE determines the potential target cell according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations, and sends a measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. After receiving the feedback corresponding to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, the anchor base station determines the flow to be subsequently executed.
后续将执行的流程包括但不限于,如果潜在目标小区与所述UE的驻留小区处于同一RNA中,则UE的锚点基站根据潜在目标小区所属的基站返回的测量结果确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之后,向UE发送消息以便于网络侧和UE同步变更后的驻留小区,不需要向其他测量基站发送驻留小区变更指示。如果锚点基站不是UE的驻留基站,锚点基站向UE发送的上述消息是由锚点基站向原驻留基站发送驻留小区变更指示后,原驻留基站向用户发送的。从而完成驻留小区变更。在用户设备的驻留小区变更之后,能够收到UE的TS的测量基站仍向锚点基站上报测量结果。The process to be performed subsequently includes, but is not limited to, if the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camped cell of the UE, the anchor base station of the UE determines the user equipment needs according to the measurement result returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. After the camping cell is changed, the message is sent to the UE so that the network side and the UE synchronize the changed camping cell, and the camping cell change indication does not need to be sent to other measurement base stations. If the anchor base station is not the camping base station of the UE, the foregoing message sent by the anchor base station to the UE is sent by the anchor base station to the user after the anchor base station sends the camped cell change indication to the original camping base station. Thereby completing the resident cell change. After the cell of the user equipment is changed, the measurement base station that can receive the TS of the UE still reports the measurement result to the anchor base station.
如果潜在目标小区与所述UE的驻留小区处于不同RNA中,则UE的锚点基站根据潜在目标小区所属的基站返回的测量结果或冲突指示,向UE发送消息,其中冲突指示用 以指示UE的上行TS在所述潜在目标小区不可用,向UE发送的消息用于通知所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。当锚点基站不是驻留基站时,上述向UE发送的消息是锚点基站通过驻留基站发送给UE的。If the potential target cell is in a different RNA from the camped cell of the UE, the anchor base station of the UE sends a message to the UE according to the measurement result or the conflict indication returned by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the conflict indication is used. In order to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is unavailable in the potential target cell, the message sent to the UE is used to notify the UE to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. Control the reconfiguration process. When the anchor base station is not a camping base station, the foregoing message sent to the UE is sent by the anchor base station to the UE through the camping base station.
可选地,在上述方案中,测量控制点基站向UE发送的消息是寻呼消息。Optionally, in the foregoing solution, the message sent by the measurement control point base station to the UE is a paging message.
图5是本申请的一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。该实施例结合流程图对上述第一种方案,即测量控制点基站是驻留基站的方案,进行说明。该方法包括但不限于如下步骤。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to an embodiment of the present application. This embodiment is described with reference to the flowchart in the above first scheme, that is, the scheme in which the measurement control point base station is a camping base station. The method includes, but is not limited to, the following steps.
S501,驻留基站向一个或多个测量基站发送第一测量请求。所述第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,可选地,所述第一测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站。S501. The camping base station sends a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations. The first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured. Optionally, the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate the measurement control point. The base station is a base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs.
可选地,可以通过两个控制指示符告知一个或多个测量基站所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,还是锚点小区所属的基站。其中第一控制指示符用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留小区所属的基站。第二控制指示符用于指示测量控制点基站是锚点小区所属的基站。可选地,可以通过一个控制指示符的不同状态告知一个或多个测量基站所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,还是锚点小区所属的基站。控制指示符的第一状态可以用1来表示,控制指示符的第二状态可以用0来表示。在附图5所示的实施例中以驻留小区所属的基站为测量控制设备,因此测量请求中携带第一指示符。Optionally, the one or more measurement base stations may be notified by the two control indicators that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell belongs. The first control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell belongs. The second control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell belongs. Optionally, the one or more measurement base stations may be informed by the different states of one control indicator that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell belongs. The first state of the control indicator can be represented by 1, and the second state of the control indicator can be represented by zero. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, the base station to which the camping cell belongs is the measurement control device, so the measurement request carries the first indicator.
可选地,为了使得各个测量基站的测量结果都是基于相同的测量参数得到的测量结果,易于后续比较分析,所述第一测量请求还携带对UE的上行TS进行测量所需的参数,以便一个或多个测量基站使用这些参数对UE进行测量。这些参数例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种。所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, in order to make the measurement results of the respective measurement base stations all based on the measurement results obtained by using the same measurement parameter, the subsequent comparison analysis is easy, and the first measurement request further carries parameters required for measuring the uplink TS of the UE, so that One or more measurement base stations use these parameters to measure the UE. These parameters are, for example, at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information. The measurement control information includes at least one of a terminal identifier, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal of the user equipment.
S502,驻留基站根据一个或多个测量结果确定所述UE的潜在目标小区。S502. The camping base station determines a potential target cell of the UE according to one or more measurement results.
驻留基站可以根据自身生成的对上述UE的上行TS进行测量得到的测量结果,和/或,一个或多个测量基站根据S501中的测量请求返回的测量结果,可选地结合UE的历史运动轨迹等信息预估出UE的运动方向,从而确定出UE的潜在目标小区。潜在目标小区是可能成为UE的驻留小区的小区。The camping base station may perform the measurement result obtained by measuring the uplink TS of the UE, and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations according to the measurement request in S501, optionally combining the historical motion of the UE. The information such as the trajectory estimates the direction of motion of the UE, thereby determining the potential target cell of the UE. The potential target cell is a cell that may become a camping cell of the UE.
潜在目标小区与驻留小区可以处于同一RNA中,也可以处于不同RNA中。The potential target cell and the resident cell may be in the same RNA or in different RNAs.
附图5中S501-S502所示的实施例提供的状态管理方法由用户设备的驻留基站作为测量控制点基站,汇总来自于各个测量基站的对UE的TS进行测量得到的测量结果后,确定用户设备的潜在目标小区。从而实现对UE移动性的管理。在此过程中网络侧无需与UE进行频繁信令交互,从而节约了空口资源。由于网络侧可以及时获知UE的位置,在有下行业务到达或状态变化时,网络侧可以快速与UE建立连接,避免额外时延。The state management method provided by the embodiment shown in S501-S502 of FIG. 5 is performed by the camping base station of the user equipment as a measurement control point base station, and the measurement results obtained by measuring the TS of the UE from each measurement base station are summarized, and then determined. Potential target cell of the user equipment. Thereby achieving management of UE mobility. During this process, the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
可选地,在S502之后,作为测量控制点基站的驻留基站还可以通过与潜在目标小区所属基站的交互、以及与UE的交互,变更UE的驻留小区。 Optionally, after S502, the camping base station that is the measurement control point base station may also change the camped cell of the UE by interacting with the base station to which the potential target cell belongs and interacting with the UE.
S503,驻留基站确定出潜在目标小区后,可以向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送第二测量请求。第二测量请求用于指示对用户设备UE的上行TS进行测量。与第一测量请求类似地,可选地,所述第二测量请求中还可以携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,具体方法不再赘述。S503. After the camping base station determines the potential target cell, the second measurement request may be sent to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. The second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured. Optionally, the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident of the UE. The base station to which the reserved cell belongs, the specific method will not be described again.
可选地,驻留基站根据潜在目标小区与驻留小区是否处于同一RNA的确定结果,执行不同的后续流程。如果潜在目标小区与驻留小区处于同一RNA,执行S504-S509,如果潜在目标小区与驻留小区处于不同RNA,执行S511-S516。Optionally, the camping base station performs different subsequent processes according to the determination result of whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA. If the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camping cell, S504-S509 is performed, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, S511-S516 are performed.
S504,潜在目标小区所属的基站向驻留基站发送测量结果。潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果是所述潜在目标小区所属的基站接收到第二测量请求后,基于所述潜在目标小区内接收到的所述UE发送的上行TS生成的。可选地,如果第二测量请求中还携带测量所需的参数,则潜在目标小区所属的基站根据第二测量请求中携带的参数,对潜在目标小区内接收到的所述UE发送的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给驻留基站。S504. The base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the measurement result to the camping base station. The measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs receives the second measurement request, and is generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE received in the potential target cell. Optionally, if the second measurement request further carries the parameter required for the measurement, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the uplink TS sent by the UE in the potential target cell according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. Measurements are taken and the measurements are sent to the resident base station.
S505,驻留基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述UE同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。S505. The camping base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the UE to synchronize or monitor the broadcast of the potential target cell. Channel and paging channel.
可选地,第一消息指示UE同步所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,或者指示UE监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,或者也可以指示UE同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Optionally, the first message indicates that the UE synchronizes the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or instructs the UE to listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or may also instruct the UE to synchronize and listen to the The broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
可选地,第一消息可以是寻呼消息。本实施例中将以寻呼消息方式发送的第一消息称为第一寻呼消息。本申请实施例提供了两种在不同场景下发送第一寻呼消息的方式。每种方式中寻呼消息携带的信息不同。在实际网络环境中可以根据实际情况择一使用。Alternatively, the first message may be a paging message. In this embodiment, the first message sent in the manner of a paging message is referred to as a first paging message. The embodiment of the present application provides two ways to send a first paging message in different scenarios. The paging message carries different information in each mode. In the actual network environment, you can choose one according to the actual situation.
第一,适用于UE慢速移动场景下的寻呼消息。First, it is applicable to paging messages in a slow moving scenario of the UE.
驻留基站在根据接收到的潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果、自身生成的测量结果、以及可选地如果存在其他测量小区的情况下,其他小区发送的测量结果确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,向用户设备发送第一寻呼消息。确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区的说明请参考步骤S506。The resident base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, the measurement result generated by itself, and optionally if other measurement cells exist, the measurement result sent by the other cell determines that the user equipment needs When the resident cell is changed, the first paging message is sent to the user equipment. For instructions on determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell, refer to step S506.
第一寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。第一寻呼消息携带变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示所述UE变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。The first paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. The first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
在UE移动速度较慢的场景中,从驻留基站确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区到UE接收到寻呼消息之间的这一小段时间内,由于用户设备的移动距离很短,原驻留小区的信号质量这此期间不至于恶化太多。因此基本可以确保UE接收到寻呼消息从而完成驻留小区变更。并且这种方式只需要网络侧向UE发送一条寻呼消息就可以完成驻留小区变更,可以节省空口资源。In a scenario where the UE moves at a slow speed, from the time when the camping base station determines that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to the UE to receive the paging message, the mobile station has a short moving distance, and the original resident The signal quality of the cell does not deteriorate too much during this period. Therefore, it is basically ensured that the UE receives the paging message to complete the camped cell change. In this way, only the network side needs to send a paging message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
第二,适用于UE快速移动场景下的寻呼消息。Second, it is applicable to paging messages in a UE fast moving scenario.
驻留基站在根据接收到的潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果、自身生成的测量 结果、以及可选地如果存在其他测量小区的情况下,其他小区发送的测量结果确定所述UE需要变更驻留小区之前,先向用户设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,驻留基站确定所述UE需要变更驻留小区之前,先根据测量结果确定是否满足预定的小区增加条件。当确定满足预定的小区增加条件时,先向用户设备发送第一寻呼消息。可以理解,预定的小区增加条件在对潜在目标小区信号质量的要求可以低于预设的驻留小区变更条件。The measurement result generated by the camping base station according to the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, and the self-generated measurement The result, and optionally if there are other measurement cells, the measurement result sent by the other cell determines that the UE needs to change the camping cell, first sends a first paging message to the user equipment, the first paging message And configured to instruct the user equipment to synchronize or monitor a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the resident cell. Optionally, before the camping base station determines that the UE needs to change the camped cell, it determines whether the predetermined cell increase condition is met according to the measurement result. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the first paging message is first sent to the user equipment. It can be understood that the predetermined cell addition condition may require the signal quality of the potential target cell to be lower than the preset camping cell change condition.
在所述用户设备变更驻留小区之后,由潜在目标小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第二消息。可选地,第二消息也可以是寻呼消息。为了与第一寻呼消息进行区分,这里将以寻呼消息方式发送的第二消息成为第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听变更前的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,所述第二寻呼消息是潜在目标小区所属的基站在根据接收到的测量结果判断变更前的驻留小区的信号质量满足小区释放条件时,向用户发送的。所述第一寻呼消息携带增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述UE增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区;所述第二寻呼消息携带有删除状态指示符和所述变更前的驻留小区标识,所述删除状态指示符用于指示所述UE删除作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。After the user equipment changes the camping cell, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a second message to the user equipment. Optionally, the second message may also be a paging message. In order to distinguish from the first paging message, the second message sent by the paging message is used as the second paging message, where the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listens to the change before The broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell. Optionally, the second paging message is sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs to the user when determining that the signal quality of the camped cell before the change meets the cell release condition according to the received measurement result. The first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel; The second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change, where the deletion status indicator is used to instruct the UE to delete a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel. .
在UE移动速度较快的场景中,从驻留基站确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区到UE接收到寻呼消息之间的时间段内,由于用户设备可能已经移动了相当长的距离,原驻留小区的信号质量有可能已经快速恶化,从而无法保证UE可以接收到寻呼消息。为了提高UE接收到寻呼消息的可靠性,可以提前让UE先同时同步监听驻留小区的广播信道、寻呼信道,以及潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。测量控制设备可以根据后续信号质量的变化,在确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,再通知UE不再同步和监听原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In a scenario where the UE moves faster, the time interval between the time when the camping base station determines that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to the UE receiving the paging message, because the user equipment may have moved a considerable distance, the original station The signal quality of the staying cell may have deteriorated rapidly, so that the UE cannot receive the paging message. In order to improve the reliability of the paging message received by the UE, the UE may be simultaneously synchronized to monitor the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. The measurement control device may notify the UE to no longer synchronize and monitor the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the original camping cell when determining that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell according to the change of the subsequent signal quality.
S506,驻留基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定所述UE是否需要变更驻留小区。如果所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区执行S507-S508,如果所述用户设备不需要变更驻留小区则返回S502继续接收各个测量基站发送的测量结果。S506. The camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If the user equipment needs to change the resident cell to perform S507-S508, if the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell, return to S502 to continue receiving the measurement result sent by each measurement base station.
S507,驻留基站向所述潜在目标小区的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知所述以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。S507. The camping base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station of the potential target cell, where the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the using the potential target cell as the changed camping cell. The resident cell of the user equipment.
为了便于区分第一基站向不同基站发送的驻留小区变更指示,本申请实施例中将驻留基站向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的驻留小区变更指示称为“第一驻留小区变更指示”。第一驻留小区变更指示携带至少需要携带三类信息。第一类信息是潜在目标小区的标识,用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。第二类信息是寻呼信息,以便于新的驻留小区根据这些信息给UE发寻呼消息。第三类信息是新的驻留小区进行资源控制所需的信息。In order to facilitate the distinguishing of the camping cell change indication sent by the first base station to the different base stations, the camping cell change indication sent by the camping base station to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is referred to as the “first camping cell change indication”. ". The first camping cell change indication carries at least three types of information. The first type of information is an identifier of a potential target cell, and is used to notify the camped cell of the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as a change camp cell. The second type of information is paging information so that the new camping cell sends a paging message to the UE based on the information. The third type of information is the information required for the new resident cell to perform resource control.
示例性地,所述潜在目标小区的标识是物理小区标识pCELL ID,也可以是由基站标识和CELL ID组成的ECI。 Exemplarily, the identifier of the potential target cell is a physical cell identifier pCELL ID, or may be an ECI composed of a base station identifier and a CELL ID.
示例性地,新的驻留小区进行资源控制所需的信息包括无线接入通知区的小区列表以及测量信息中的至少一种,所述测量信息包括测量小区标识、测量时长、测量门限值以及信息上报条件中的至少一种。For example, the information required for the resource control of the new camping cell includes at least one of a cell list of the radio access notification area and the measurement information, where the measurement information includes the measured cell identifier, the measurement duration, and the measurement threshold. And at least one of the information reporting conditions.
可选地,如果驻留小区所在的RNA中还存在一个或多个测量基站覆盖的小区,在S506确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区后,还包括:Optionally, if one or more cells that are measured by the base station are still present in the RNA in which the camping cell is located, after determining, in S506, whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the method further includes:
S508,驻留基站向其他测量基站发送第二驻留小区变更指示,所述第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知其他测量基站以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。为了便于区分,本申请实施例中将驻留基站向其他测量基站发送的驻留小区变更指示称为“第二驻留小区变更指示”。第二驻留小区变更指示携带有潜在目标小区的标识。这样其他测量基站在收到第二驻留小区变更指示后,根据第二驻留变更小区指示中携带的潜在目标小区标识,向新的驻留基站发送测量结果。S508. The camping base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the other measurement base station, where the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the other measurement base station to use the potential target cell as the user equipment after changing the camping cell. Resident cell. For the sake of distinction, the resident cell change indication sent by the camping base station to other measurement base stations in the embodiment of the present application is referred to as a “second camped cell change indication”. The second camping cell change indication carries the identity of the potential target cell. After receiving the second camped cell change indication, the other measurement base station sends the measurement result to the new camping base station according to the potential target cell identifier carried in the second camping change cell indication.
通过驻留基站发送驻留小区变更指示以及寻呼消息,完成了驻留小区变更。在所述用户设备变更驻留小区后,潜在目标小区所属的基站成为新的驻留基站。测量控制设备由步骤501-步骤509中的上述驻留基站变更为潜在目标小区所属的基站(即新的驻留基站),其他测量基站向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送对所述UE的上行TS进行测量的测量结果。The camped cell change is completed by the camping base station transmitting the camped cell change indication and the paging message. After the user equipment changes the camping cell, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs becomes a new camping base station. The measurement control device is changed from the camping base station in steps 501 to 509 to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs (ie, the new camping base station), and the other measurement base station sends the uplink TS to the UE to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. The measurement result of the measurement is performed.
在本申请实施例中驻留基站向潜在目标小区所属的基站请求潜在目标小区对UE的TS进行测量的测量结果,以便于判断UE是否需要变更驻留小区。如果确认需要变更驻留小区,驻留基站向UE发送携带有潜在目标小区的寻呼消息,向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送驻留小区变更指示,从而完成变更驻留小区。与基于下行测量的方案等其他方案相比,上述方法无需RNA中的所有小区均下发寻呼消息,减轻了信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the camping base station requests the base station to which the potential target cell belongs to the measurement result of the potential target cell to measure the TS of the UE, so as to determine whether the UE needs to change the camped cell. If it is confirmed that the camped cell needs to be changed, the camping base station sends a paging message carrying the potential target cell to the UE, and sends a camping cell change indication to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, thereby completing the change of the camped cell. Compared with other schemes based on the downlink measurement scheme, the foregoing method does not need to send paging messages to all cells in the RNA, which reduces signaling overhead.
可选地,如果驻留基站不是锚点基站,则在S506确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区后,还包括:Optionally, if the camping base station is not the anchor point base station, after determining, in S506, whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the method further includes:
S509,驻留基站向所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站发送第三驻留小区变更指示,所述第三驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。所述第三驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识。据此UE的锚点基站能够在用户设备的驻留小区变更后及时获知变更后的驻留小区,因此网络侧能够及时地获知用户设备的位置,在有业务需求时,例如在有下行业务到达或用户设备的状态需要变化时,能够及时与UE传递数据,缩短了业务时延。S509. The camping base station sends a third camping cell change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs, where the third camping cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as the changed camping cell. The resident cell of the user equipment. The third camped cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell. According to this, the anchor base station of the UE can know the changed camped cell in time after the camping cell of the user equipment is changed, so that the network side can know the location of the user equipment in time, and when there is a service demand, for example, when there is a downlink service arrives When the state of the user equipment needs to be changed, the data can be transmitted to the UE in time, and the service delay is shortened.
S511,潜在目标小区所属的基站进行资源冲突判决。如果资源冲突,即UE发送的上行TS使用的资源已被其他UE占用,潜在目标小区所属的基站向驻留基站发送冲突指示,所述冲突指示用于指示所述UE发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用。所述冲突指示中携带所述UE的标识。驻留基站接收到冲突指示后,执行S512-S513。S511. The base station to which the potential target cell belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resource conflicts, that is, the resource used by the uplink TS sent by the UE is already occupied by the other UE, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a conflict indication to the camping base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the UE is in the The RNA in which the potential target cell is located is not available. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After the camping base station receives the conflict indication, S512-S513 is performed.
如果资源不冲突,潜在目标小区所属的基站向驻留基站发送测量结果。驻留基站接收到测量结果后,执行S514-S516。If the resources do not conflict, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station. After the camping base station receives the measurement result, S514-S516 is performed.
S512,驻留基站向所述UE发送第三消息。可选地,第三消息是寻呼消息。为了与前面S505中的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息相区分,这里将驻留基站收到冲突指示后,以寻呼消息方式向UE发送的第三消息称为第三寻呼消息。 S512. The camping base station sends a third message to the UE. Optionally, the third message is a paging message. In order to distinguish from the first paging message and the second paging message in the foregoing S505, the third message sent to the UE in the paging message manner is called the third paging message after the camping station receives the conflict indication. .
第三寻呼消息用于通知所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,第三寻呼消息携带有下行测量指示符。The third paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring the downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. Optionally, the third paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
可选地,由于潜在目标小区是驻留基站确定出的UE可能会驻留的小区,这说明在各个测量小区中潜在目标小区对UE的TS进行测量得到的测量结果较优。上行TS的质量与下行参考信号的质量有一定的参考性,那么潜在目标小区的下行参考信号有可能是UE的所有邻区中质量较好的。因此驻留基站可以将潜在目标小区的标识通知给UE,以便于UE对潜在目标小区的下行参考信号进行测量作为发起无线资源重配置流程的参考依据。在这种情况下,驻留基站还可以通过第三寻呼消息指示所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,根据对所述驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号的测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,第三寻呼消息中还携带有增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述UE增加作为下行参考信号的测量对象的小区。Optionally, since the potential target cell is a cell that the UE determines that the UE may be camped on by the base station, this indicates that the measurement result obtained by the potential target cell measuring the TS of the UE in each measurement cell is superior. The quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell may be better in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the camping base station may notify the UE of the identifier of the potential target cell, so that the UE measures the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process. In this case, the camping base station may further indicate, by using a third paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE and the potential target cell, according to the camped cell and The measurement result of the downlink signal of the potential target cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process. Optionally, the third paging message further includes an increase status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the increase status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a measurement target of the downlink reference signal.
可选地,如果驻留基站不是锚点基站,则驻留基站在接收到冲突指示后,还包括:Optionally, if the camping base station is not the anchor point base station, the camping base station, after receiving the conflict indication, further includes:
S513,驻留基站向UE的锚点基站发送测量变更指示。其中,测量变更指示用于通知所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站所述UE的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。所述测量变更指示中携带所述UE的标识。S513. The camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE. The measurement change indication is used to notify the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal. The measurement change indication carries an identifier of the UE.
S514,驻留基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定是否满足测量变更条件。如果满足测量变更条件,驻留基站执行S515,如果不满足测量变更条件,驻留基站继续接收来自于各个测量基站的测量结果,直到根据获得的测量结果确认满足测量变更条件后,再执行S515。S514. The camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the camping base station performs S515. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the camping base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until it is confirmed that the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then executes S515.
S515,驻留基站向UE发送第三寻呼消息。对于第三寻呼消息的说明请参考上述S512中的描述。S515. The camping base station sends a third paging message to the UE. For a description of the third paging message, please refer to the description in S512 above.
可选地,如果驻留基站不是锚点基站,则驻留基站在确定满足测量变更条件后,还包括:Optionally, if the camping base station is not the anchor point base station, the camping base station, after determining that the measurement change condition is met, further includes:
S516,驻留基站向UE的锚点基站发送测量变更指示。对于测量变更指示的说明请参考上述S513中的描述。S516. The camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE. For the description of the measurement change indication, please refer to the description in S513 above.
图6是本申请的另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。该实施例结合流程图对上述第二种方案,即测量控制点基站是锚点基站的方案,进行说明。该方法包括但不限于如下步骤。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. This embodiment is described with reference to the flowchart in the foregoing second scheme, that is, the scheme in which the measurement control point base station is an anchor base station. The method includes, but is not limited to, the following steps.
S601,锚点基站向一个或多个测量基站发送第一测量请求。所述第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。可选地,所述第一测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是锚点小区所属的基站。S601. The anchor base station sends a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations. The first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured. Optionally, the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell belongs.
可选地,测量控制点基站可以通过两个控制指示符告知一个或多个测量基站所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,还是锚点小区所属的基站。其中第一控制指示符用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留小区所属的基站。第二控制指示符用于指示测量控制点基站是锚点小区所属的基站。可选地,可以通过一个控制指示符的不同状态告知一个或多个测量基站所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,还是锚点小区所 属的基站。控制指示符的第一状态可以用1来表示,控制指示符的第二状态可以用0来表示。在附图6所示的实施例中以锚点小区所属的基站为测量控制设备,因此测量请求中携带第二指示符。Optionally, the measurement control point base station may notify, by using two control indicators, the one or more measurement base stations, whether the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell belongs. The first control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell belongs. The second control indicator is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell belongs. Optionally, the one or more measurement base stations may be notified by the different status of one control indicator, whether the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs, or an anchor cell Base station. The first state of the control indicator can be represented by 1, and the second state of the control indicator can be represented by zero. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the base station to which the anchor cell belongs is the measurement control device, so the measurement request carries the second indicator.
可选地,为了使得各个测量基站的测量结果都是基于相同的测量参数得到的测量结果,易于后续比较分析,所述第一测量请求还携带对UE的上行TS进行测量所需的参数,以便一个或多个测量基站使用这些参数对UE进行测量。这些参数例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种。所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, in order to make the measurement results of the respective measurement base stations all based on the measurement results obtained by using the same measurement parameter, the subsequent comparison analysis is easy, and the first measurement request further carries parameters required for measuring the uplink TS of the UE, so that One or more measurement base stations use these parameters to measure the UE. These parameters are, for example, at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information. The measurement control information includes at least one of a terminal identifier, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal of the user equipment.
S602,锚点基站根据一个或多个测量结果确定所述UE的潜在目标小区。S602. The anchor base station determines a potential target cell of the UE according to one or more measurement results.
锚点基站可以根据自身生成的对上述UE的上行TS进行测量得到的测量结果,和/或,一个或多个测量基站根据S601中的测量请求返回的测量结果,可选地结合UE的历史运动轨迹等信息预估出UE的运动方向,从而确定出UE的潜在目标小区。潜在目标小区是可能成为UE的驻留小区的小区。The anchor base station may perform the measurement result obtained by measuring the uplink TS of the UE, and/or the measurement result returned by the one or more measurement base stations according to the measurement request in S601, optionally combining the historical motion of the UE. The information such as the trajectory estimates the direction of motion of the UE, thereby determining the potential target cell of the UE. The potential target cell is a cell that may become a camping cell of the UE.
潜在目标小区与驻留小区可以处于同一RNA中,也可以处于不同RNA中。The potential target cell and the resident cell may be in the same RNA or in different RNAs.
附图6中S601-S602所示的实施例提供的状态管理方法由UE的锚点基站作为测量控制点基站,汇总来自于各个测量基站的对UE的TS进行测量得到的测量结果后,确定UE的潜在目标小区。从而实现对UE移动性的管理。在此过程中网络侧无需与UE进行频繁信令交互,从而节约了空口资源。由于网络侧可以及时获知UE的位置,在有下行业务到达或状态变化时,网络侧可以快速与UE建立连接,避免额外时延。The state management method provided by the embodiment shown in S601-S602 in FIG. 6 is performed by the anchor base station of the UE as a measurement control point base station, and the measurement results obtained by measuring the TS of the UE from each measurement base station are summarized, and then the UE is determined. Potential target cell. Thereby achieving management of UE mobility. During this process, the network side does not need to perform frequent signaling interaction with the UE, thereby saving air interface resources. Since the network side can know the location of the UE in time, when there is a downlink service arrival or a state change, the network side can quickly establish a connection with the UE to avoid additional delay.
可选地,在S602之后,作为测量控制点基站的锚点基站还可以通过与潜在目标小区所属基站的交互、以及与UE的交互,变更UE的驻留小区。Optionally, after S602, the anchor base station that is the measurement control point base station may also change the camped cell of the UE by interacting with the base station to which the potential target cell belongs and interacting with the UE.
S603,锚点基站确定出潜在目标小区后,可以向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送第二测量请求。第二测量请求用于指示对用户设备UE的上行TS进行测量。与第一测量请求类似地,可选地,所述第二测量请求中还可以携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站,具体方法不再赘述。S603. After determining the potential target cell, the anchor base station may send a second measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. The second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured. Optionally, the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is an anchor of the UE. The base station to which the cell belongs is not described in detail.
可选地,锚点基站根据潜在目标小区与驻留小区是否处于同一RNA的确定结果,执行不同的后续流程。如果潜在目标小区与驻留小区处于同一RNA,执行S604-S608,如果潜在目标小区与驻留小区处于不同RNA,执行S611-S614。Optionally, the anchor base station performs different subsequent processes according to the determination result of whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA. If the potential target cell is in the same RNA as the camping cell, S604-S608 is performed, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, S611-S614 are performed.
S604,潜在目标小区所属的基站向锚点基站发送测量结果。潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果是所述潜在目标小区所属的基站接收到第二测量请求后,基于所述潜在目标小区内接收到的所述UE发送的上行TS生成的。可选地,如果第二测量请求中还携带测量所需的参数,则潜在目标小区所属的基站根据第二测量请求中携带的参数,对潜在目标小区内接收到的所述UE发送的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给锚点基站。S604. The base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. The measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs receives the second measurement request, and is generated based on the uplink TS sent by the UE received in the potential target cell. Optionally, if the second measurement request further carries the parameter required for the measurement, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends the uplink TS sent by the UE in the potential target cell according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. The measurement is performed and the measurement result is sent to the anchor base station.
S605,锚点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述UE同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。S605. The anchor base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the UE to synchronize or monitor the broadcast of the potential target cell. Channel and paging channel.
可选地,第一消息指示UE同步所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,或者指示 UE监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,或者也可以指示UE同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一消息可以是寻呼消息。本实施例中将以寻呼消息方式发送的第一消息称为第一寻呼消息。本申请实施例提供了两种在不同场景下发送第一寻呼消息的方式。每种方式中寻呼消息携带的信息不同。在实际网络环境中可以根据实际情况择一使用。Optionally, the first message indicates that the UE synchronizes the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or indicates The UE listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell, or may also instruct the UE to synchronize and listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell. Alternatively, the first message may be a paging message. In this embodiment, the first message sent in the manner of a paging message is referred to as a first paging message. The embodiment of the present application provides two ways to send a first paging message in different scenarios. The paging message carries different information in each mode. In the actual network environment, you can choose one according to the actual situation.
第一,适用于UE慢速移动场景下的寻呼消息。First, it is applicable to paging messages in a slow moving scenario of the UE.
锚点基站在根据接收到的潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果、自身生成的测量结果、以及可选地如果存在其他测量小区的情况下,其他小区发送的测量结果确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,向用户设备发送第一寻呼消息。确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区的说明请参考步骤S606。The anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, the measurement result generated by itself, and optionally if other measurement cells exist, the measurement result sent by other cells determines that the user equipment needs When the resident cell is changed, the first paging message is sent to the user equipment. For instructions on determining that the user equipment needs to change the camped cell, refer to step S606.
第一寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。第一寻呼消息携带变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示所述UE变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。The first paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. The first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel.
在UE移动速度较慢的场景中,从锚点基站确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区到UE接收到寻呼消息之间的这一小段时间内,由于用户设备的移动距离很短,原驻留小区的信号质量这此期间不至于恶化太多。因此基本可以确保UE接收到寻呼消息从而完成驻留小区变更。并且这种方式只需要网络侧向UE发送一条寻呼消息就可以完成驻留小区变更,可以节省空口资源。In a scenario where the UE moves slowly, the anchor station determines that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to the UE to receive the paging message for a short period of time, because the moving distance of the user equipment is short, the original resident The signal quality of the cell does not deteriorate too much during this period. Therefore, it is basically ensured that the UE receives the paging message to complete the camped cell change. In this way, only the network side needs to send a paging message to the UE to complete the camped cell change, which can save air interface resources.
第二,适用于UE快速移动场景下的寻呼消息。Second, it is applicable to paging messages in a UE fast moving scenario.
锚点基站在根据接收到的潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果、驻留小区的测量结果、以及可选地如果存在其他测量小区的情况下,其他小区发送的测量结果确定所述UE需要变更驻留小区之前,先向用户设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,锚点基站确定所述UE需要变更驻留小区之前,先根据测量结果确定是否满足预定的小区增加条件。当确定满足预定的小区增加条件时,先向用户设备发送第一寻呼消息。可以理解,预定的小区增加条件在对潜在目标小区信号质量的要求可以低于预设的驻留小区变更条件。The anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the received potential target cell belongs, the measurement result of the camped cell, and optionally if there are other measurement cells, the measurement result sent by other cells determines that the UE needs Before the camping cell is changed, the first paging message is sent to the user equipment, where the first paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Up, synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. Optionally, the anchor base station determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result before determining that the UE needs to change the camped cell. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the first paging message is first sent to the user equipment. It can be understood that the predetermined cell addition condition may require the signal quality of the potential target cell to be lower than the preset camping cell change condition.
在所述用户设备变更驻留小区之后,锚点基站通过潜在目标小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第二消息。可选地,第二消息也可以是寻呼消息。为了与第一寻呼消息进行区分,这里将以寻呼消息方式发送的第二消息成为第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听变更前的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,所述第二寻呼消息是锚点基站在根据接收到的测量结果判断变更前的驻留小区的信号质量满足小区释放条件时,通过潜在目标小区所属的基站向用户发送的。所述第一寻呼消息携带增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述UE增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区;所述第二寻呼消息携带有删除状态指示符和所述变更前的驻留小区标识,所述删除状态指示符用于指示所述UE删除作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。 After the user equipment changes the camping cell, the anchor base station sends a second message to the user equipment by using the base station to which the potential target cell belongs. Optionally, the second message may also be a paging message. In order to distinguish from the first paging message, the second message sent by the paging message is used as the second paging message, where the second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listens to the change before The broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell. Optionally, the second paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the user by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs when the signal quality of the camped cell before the change according to the received measurement result satisfies the cell release condition. The first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel; The second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change, where the deletion status indicator is used to instruct the UE to delete a cell that is a synchronization or monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel. .
在UE移动速度较快的场景中,从锚点基站确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区到UE接收到寻呼消息之间的时间段内,由于用户设备可能已经移动了相当长的距离,原驻留小区的信号质量有可能已经快速恶化,从而无法保证UE可以接收到寻呼消息。为了提高UE接收到寻呼消息的可靠性,可以提前让UE先同时同步监听驻留小区的广播信道、寻呼信道,以及潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。测量控制设备可以根据后续信号质量的变化,在确定用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,再通知UE不再同步和监听原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。In a scenario where the UE moves faster, the anchor station determines that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to the time when the UE receives the paging message, because the user equipment may have moved a considerable distance, the original station The signal quality of the staying cell may have deteriorated rapidly, so that the UE cannot receive the paging message. In order to improve the reliability of the paging message received by the UE, the UE may be simultaneously synchronized to monitor the broadcast channel, the paging channel, and the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. The measurement control device may notify the UE to no longer synchronize and monitor the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the original camping cell when determining that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell according to the change of the subsequent signal quality.
这里需要说明的是,如果锚点基站还是UE的驻留小区所属的基站,则第一寻呼消息是锚点基站向UE发送的,如果锚点基站不是UE的驻留小区所属的基站,则第一寻呼消息是锚点基站通过UE的驻留基站向UE发送的,如图6中S605’所示。It should be noted that if the anchor base station is the base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, the first paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the UE, and if the anchor base station is not the base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs, The first paging message is that the anchor base station transmits to the UE through the camping base station of the UE, as shown in S605' in FIG.
S606,锚点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定所述UE是否需要变更驻留小区。如果所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区执行S607,如果所述用户设备不需要变更驻留小区则返回S602继续接收各个测量基站发送的测量结果。S606. The anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If the user equipment needs to change the camping cell to perform S607, if the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell, return to S602 to continue receiving the measurement result sent by each measurement base station.
S607,锚点基站向所述潜在目标小区的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知所述以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。S607. The anchor base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station of the potential target cell, where the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the using the potential target cell as the changed camping cell. The resident cell of the user equipment.
为了便于区分第一基站向不同基站发送的驻留小区变更指示,本申请实施例中将锚点基站向潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的驻留小区变更指示称为“第一驻留小区变更指示”。第一驻留小区变更指示携带潜在目标小区的标识。In order to facilitate the distinguishing of the camping cell change indication sent by the first base station to the different base stations, the camping cell base station sends the camping cell change indication sent by the anchor base station to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, as the “first camping cell change indication”. ". The first camped cell change indication carries the identity of the potential target cell.
示例性地,所述潜在目标小区的标识是物理小区标识pCELL ID,也可以是由基站标识和CELL ID组成的ECI。Exemplarily, the identifier of the potential target cell is a physical cell identifier pCELL ID, or may be an ECI composed of a base station identifier and a CELL ID.
可选地,如果驻留基站不是锚点基站,则在S506确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区后,还包括:Optionally, if the camping base station is not the anchor point base station, after determining, in S506, whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the method further includes:
S608,锚点基站向所述UE的原驻留小区所属的基站发送第二驻留小区变更指示,所述第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。所述第二驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识。S608. The anchor base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the base station to which the original camping cell of the UE belongs, where the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as the changed camping cell. The camped cell of the user equipment. The second camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
锚点基站为了保证网络侧和UE同步变更后的驻留小区,还需要通知UE将驻留小区变更为潜在目标小区。由于UE只能接收到驻留小区发送的寻呼消息,因此锚点基站需要通知驻留基站向UE发送用以通知UE变更驻留小区的第一消息。可选地,锚点基站可以通过一个单独的消息通知驻留基站向用户发送第一消息,也可以通过第二驻留小区变更指示通知驻留基站向用户发送第一消息,即所述第二驻留小区变更指示还用于通知向所述UE发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。与单独发送消息的方式相比,后一种方式可以节约锚点基站与驻留基站之间的信令。In order to ensure that the network side and the UE synchronize the changed camped cell, the anchor base station also needs to notify the UE to change the camped cell to a potential target cell. Since the UE can only receive the paging message sent by the camping cell, the anchor base station needs to notify the camping base station to send a first message to the UE to notify the UE to change the camped cell. Optionally, the anchor base station may notify the camping base station to send the first message to the user by using a separate message, or notify the camping base station to send the first message to the user by using the second camping cell change indication, that is, the second The camping cell change indication is further configured to send a first message to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize by synchronizing or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the camping cell. Or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. The latter approach can save signaling between the anchor base station and the camping base station as compared to the manner in which the message is sent separately.
S611,潜在目标小区所属的基站进行资源冲突判决。如果资源冲突,即UE发送的上行TS使用的资源已被其他UE占用,潜在目标小区所属的基站向锚点基站发送冲突指示,所述冲突指示用于指示所述UE发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用。所述冲突指示中携带所述UE的标识。锚点基站接收到冲突指示后,执行S612。 S611. The base station to which the potential target cell belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resource conflicts, that is, the resource used by the uplink TS sent by the UE is already occupied by the other UE, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a conflict indication to the anchor base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the UE is in the The RNA in which the potential target cell is located is not available. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After receiving the conflict indication, the anchor base station performs S612.
如果资源不冲突,潜在目标小区所属的基站向锚点基站发送测量结果。锚点基站接收到测量结果后,执行S613-S614。If the resources do not conflict, the base station to which the potential target cell belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station. After receiving the measurement result, the anchor base station performs S613-S614.
S612,锚点基站向所述UE发送第三消息。可选地,第三消息是寻呼消息。为了与前面S605中的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息相区分,这里将驻留基站收到冲突指示后,以寻呼消息方式向UE发送的第三消息称为第三寻呼消息。S612. The anchor base station sends a third message to the UE. Optionally, the third message is a paging message. In order to distinguish from the first paging message and the second paging message in the foregoing S605, the third message sent to the UE in the paging message manner after the base station receives the conflict indication is referred to as the third paging message. .
第三寻呼消息用于通知所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,第三寻呼消息携带有下行测量指示符。The third paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring the downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. Optionally, the third paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator.
可选地,由于潜在目标小区是锚点基站确定出的UE可能会驻留的小区,这说明在各个测量小区中潜在目标小区对UE的TS进行测量得到的测量结果较优。上行TS的质量与下行参考信号的质量有一定的参考性,那么潜在目标小区的下行参考信号有可能是UE的所有邻区中质量较好的。因此锚点基站可以将潜在目标小区的标识通知给UE,以便于UE对潜在目标小区的下行参考信号进行测量作为发起无线资源重配置流程的参考依据。在这种情况下,锚点基站还可以通过第三寻呼消息指示所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,根据对所述驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号的测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,第三寻呼消息中还携带有增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述UE增加作为下行参考信号的测量对象的小区。Optionally, since the potential target cell is a cell that the anchor base station determines that the UE may camp on, this indicates that the measurement result obtained by the potential target cell measuring the TS of the UE in each measurement cell is superior. The quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell may be better in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the anchor base station can notify the UE of the identifier of the potential target cell, so that the UE measures the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process. In this case, the anchor base station may further indicate, by using a third paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the camped cell of the UE and the potential target cell, according to the camped cell and The measurement result of the downlink signal of the potential target cell initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process. Optionally, the third paging message further includes an increase status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the increase status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases a cell that is a measurement target of the downlink reference signal.
S613,锚点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定是否满足测量变更条件。如果满足测量变更条件,锚点基站执行S614,如果不满足测量变更条件,锚点基站继续接收来自于各个测量基站的测量结果,直到根据获得的测量结果确认满足测量变更条件后,再执行S614。S613. The anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the anchor base station performs S614. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the anchor base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then S614 is performed.
S614,锚点基站向UE发送第三寻呼消息。对于第三寻呼消息的说明请参考上述S612中的描述。S614. The anchor base station sends a third paging message to the UE. For a description of the third paging message, please refer to the description in S612 above.
需要进行说明的是,如果锚点基站还是UE的驻留小区所属的基站,则第三寻呼消息是锚点基站向UE发送的,如果锚点基站不是UE的驻留小区所属的基站,则第三寻呼消息是锚点基站通过UE的驻留基站向UE发送的,如图6中S612’、S614’所示。It should be noted that if the anchor base station is the base station to which the camping cell of the UE belongs, the third paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the UE, and if the anchor base station is not the base station to which the camped cell of the UE belongs, The third paging message is sent by the anchor base station to the UE through the camping base station of the UE, as shown in S612' and S614' in FIG.
图7是本申请另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。本实施例对附图4所示的第一种移动场景,即UE从anchor cell(CELL 1)向非anchor cell(CELL 2)间移动的场景种,各基站之间、以及基站与UE之间的交互过程进行详细说明。在本实施例中,测量控制点基站是驻留基站。由于在UE移动开始时,锚点小区(CELL 1)同时也是驻留小区,因此驻留基站和锚点基站同为CELL1所属的基站。潜在目标小区是CELL 2。CELL 1和CELL 2处于同一RNA,即RNA 1。在本实施例中,UE指代的是同一个UE。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. The first mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4 is a scenario in which the UE moves from an anchor cell (CELL 1) to a non-anchor cell (CELL 2), between each base station, and between the base station and the UE. The interaction process is described in detail. In this embodiment, the measurement control point base station is a camping base station. Since the anchor cell (CELL 1) is also a camping cell at the beginning of the UE mobile, the camping base station and the anchor base station are both the base station to which the CELL1 belongs. The potential target cell is CELL 2. CELL 1 and CELL 2 are in the same RNA, RNA 1. In this embodiment, the UE refers to the same UE.
该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S701,驻留基站向测量基站发送第一测量请求。结合附图4,在本实施例中,在UE从CELL 1向CELL 2移动的过程中,RNA1中CELL 3也能收到UE的TS信号,因此CELL 3所属的基站为测量基站,能够生成关于UE的上行TS的测量结果。S701. The camping base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station. With reference to FIG. 4, in the embodiment, during the UE moving from CELL 1 to CELL 2, CELL 3 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 3 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,所述测量请求中携带测量控制点 指示信息。可选地,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。The first measurement request is used to indicate that the measurement is performed on the uplink TS of the UE, where the measurement request carries the measurement control point Instructions. Optionally, the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a camping base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,第一测量请求中携带UE的标识,用以指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。Optionally, the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
可选地,测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
可选地,测量请求可以通过基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
S702,测量基站根据第一测量请求对UE的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给驻留基站。可选地,CELL 3所属的基站在接收到第一测量请求之后,按照测量控制信息中的测量周期持续地对UE的上行TS进行测量,定期将测量结果发送给驻留基站。直到CELL 3所属的基站超过一定时间段接收不到UE的上行TS后,不再向驻留基站发送测量结果。S702. The measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the resident base station. Optionally, after receiving the first measurement request, the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station. After the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
可选地,测量结果可以通过CELL 3所属的基站与驻留基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the resident base station, for example, an Xn interface.
S703,驻留基站根据目前已获取的测量结果,确定UE的潜在目标小区为CELL 2。其中测量结果包括接收到的来自于测量基站的测量结果,以及驻留基站自身对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的测量结果。S703. The camping base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 2. The measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident base station itself measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
驻留基站可以选择对于UE的上行TS的测量结果较优的一个或多个小区作为潜在目标小区。The camping base station may select one or more cells that are better for the measurement of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
可选地,驻留基站在确定潜在目标小区时,在已获取的测量结果的基础上还可以参考其他因素。例如驻留基站参考UE的历史运动轨迹,估计出UE的运动方向,从而选择在UE的运动方向上测量结果较优的小区CELL 2作为预估出的在未来很有可能成为UE的新的驻留小区,即潜在目标小区为CELL 2。Optionally, when the camping base station determines the potential target cell, other factors may also be referred to based on the acquired measurement results. For example, the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 2 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future. The reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 2.
S704,驻留基站向CELL 2所属的基站发送第二测量请求。可选地,驻留基站确定潜在目标小区为CELL 2后,根据存储的RNA 1中各小区以及每个小区所属的基站之间的对应关系,获知CELL2所属的基站。驻留基站生成待发送给CELL2所属的基站的测量请求中携带有测量控制点指示信息,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。与第一测量请求类似地,第二测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。S704. The camping base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. Optionally, after the camping base station determines that the potential target cell is the CELL 2, the base station to which the CELL2 belongs is obtained according to the correspondence between the cells in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs. The measurement request generated by the camping base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL2 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the resident base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Similar to the first measurement request, the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
可选地,第二测量请求可以通过驻留基站与CELL 2所属的基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the second measurement request may be sent through an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
S705,CELL 2所属的基站向驻留基站发送测量结果。测量结果中携带CELL 2所属的基站根据第二测量请求中携带的参数对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的信息。CELL 2所属的基站对UE的上行TS的测量过程与其他测量基站类似,可以参照S702中的描述,在这里不再赘述。S705. The base station to which the CELL 2 belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station. The measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. The measurement procedure of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 2 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S702, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,测量结果可以通过CELL 2所属的基站与驻留基站之间的接口来发送,例如 Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs and the resident base station, for example Xn interface.
S706,驻留基站根据CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量结果向UE发送第一寻呼消息。S706. The camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
具体地,驻留基站根据CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量报告确认CELL2的信号质量较优时,向用户第一寻呼消息,第一寻呼消息的目的是指示所述用户设备同步并监听所述目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Specifically, when the camping base station confirms that the signal quality of the CELL2 is superior according to the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, the first paging message is sent to the user, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes and monitors the location. A broadcast channel and a paging channel of the target cell.
可选地,驻留基站可以根据UE的历史移动轨迹估算UE的移动速度,如果UE慢速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第一种发送寻呼消息的方式。驻留基站根据已获得的测量结果,包括自身生成的测量结果,确定是否满足预设的驻留小区变更条件。即直接执行步骤707,在满足预设的驻留小区变更条件时,向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示UE变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。比如可以在传统寻呼消息的基础上,扩展2个字段,其中第一个字段用来携带状态指示符,第二个字段用来携带潜在目标小区的标识。在本实施例中,第一个字段可以占用2bit,变更状态指示符可以用数据“00”表示。Optionally, the camping base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. The camping base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the self-generated measurement result. That is, step 707 is directly executed, and when the preset camping cell change condition is met, the first paging message is sent to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And paging the channel, changing to synchronize and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. Optionally, the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel. For example, based on the traditional paging message, two fields may be extended, where the first field is used to carry the status indicator, and the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell. In this embodiment, the first field can occupy 2 bits, and the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
如果根据估算出的UE的移动速度,确定UE快速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第二种发送寻呼消息的方式。驻留基站在执行步骤707之前,先根据测量结果确定是否满足预定的小区增加条件。当确定满足预定的小区增加条件时,驻留基站向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带增加状态指示符和潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示UE增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。增加状态指示符用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,增加状态指示符可以用数据“01”表示。If the fast moving of the UE is determined according to the estimated moving speed of the UE, the second manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. The camping base station determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result before performing step 707. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Based on, the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell are synchronized and monitored. Optionally, the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel. The increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
S707,驻留基站根据CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定UE是否需要变更驻留小区。如果需要变更驻留小区,则执行步骤S708和S709。如果不需要变更驻留小区,则驻留基站返回S703继续汇总各个测量基站关于UE的上行TS的测量报告。S707. The camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If it is necessary to change the camping cell, steps S708 and S709 are performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S703 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
具体实现中,驻留基站对自身生成的测量报告,以及CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量报告进行比较。如果满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区。如果不满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备不需要变更驻留小区。示例性地,所述预设的驻留小区变更条件可以是潜在目标小区CELL 2的信号质量优于原驻留小区CELL 1的信号质量、且二者差值超过预定门限的持续时间长于预定时间。In a specific implementation, the resident base station compares the measurement report generated by itself with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell. Exemplarily, the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 2 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 1, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
S708,驻留基站向CELL 2所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示。所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知CELL 2所属的基站以CELL 2作为变更驻留小区后UE的驻留小区。所述第一驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识、寻呼信息、无线接入通知区的小区列表以及测量信息中的至少一种,所述测量信息包括测量小区标识、测量时长、测量门限值以及信息上报条件中的至少一种。S708. The camping base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. The first camping cell change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to use CELL 2 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell. The first camping cell change indication carries at least one of an identifier of the potential target cell, paging information, a cell list of a radio access notification area, and measurement information, where the measurement information includes a measurement cell identifier, and a measurement At least one of a duration, a measurement threshold, and an information reporting condition.
可选地,第一驻留小区变更指示可以通过驻留基站与CELL 2所属基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。 Optionally, the first camped cell change indication may be sent by using an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
S709,驻留基站向测量基站(即CELL 3所属的基站)发送第二驻留小区变更指示。第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知测量基站以CELL 2作为变更驻留小区后所述UE的驻留小区,所述第二驻留小区变更指示携带有CELL 2的标识。在用户终端变更驻留小区后,测量基站向CELL 2所属的基站发送测量结果。S709. The camping base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the measurement base station (ie, the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs). The second camping cell change indication is used to notify the measuring base station that the CELL 2 is used as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the second camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 2. After the user terminal changes the camping cell, the measurement base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
在UE变更驻留小区后,步骤S701-S708中的驻留基站将不再作为UE的驻留基站,CELL 2所属的基站成为所述UE的新的驻留基站,作为所述UE的测量控制点基站。在步骤S701-S708中的驻留基站能收到UE的TS的情况下,向CELL 2所属的基站发送UE的测量结果。After the UE changes the camping cell, the camping base station in steps S701-S708 will no longer be the camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, as the measurement control of the UE. Point the base station. In the case where the camping base station in steps S701-S708 can receive the TS of the UE, the measurement result of the UE is transmitted to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
可选地,如果UE快速移动,还包括:Optionally, if the UE moves quickly, the method further includes:
S710,CELL 2所属的基站接收到第一驻留小区变更指示后,根据接收到的测量结果判断CELL 1的信号质量满足小区释放条件时,向UE发送第二寻呼消息。所述第二寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步并监听变更前的驻留小区(即CELL 1)的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,所述第二寻呼消息携带有删除状态指示符和变更前的驻留小区标识。删除状态指示符可以用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,删除状态指示符可以用数据“10”表示。S710: After receiving the first camped cell change indication, the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs determines that the signal quality of the CELL 1 meets the cell release condition according to the received measurement result, and sends a second paging message to the UE. The second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 1) before the change. Optionally, the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change. The delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
图8是本申请另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。本实施例对附图4所示的第一种移动场景,即UE从anchor cell(CELL 1)向非anchor cell(CELL 2)间移动的场景种,各基站之间、以及基站与UE之间的交互过程进行详细说明。在本实施例中,测量控制点基站是锚点基站。由于在UE移动开始时,锚点小区(CELL 1)同时也是驻留小区,因此驻留基站和锚点基站同为CELL1所属的基站。潜在目标小区是CELL 2。CELL 1和CELL 2处于同一RNA,即RNA 1。在本实施例中,UE指代的是同一个UE。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. The first mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4 is a scenario in which the UE moves from an anchor cell (CELL 1) to a non-anchor cell (CELL 2), between each base station, and between the base station and the UE. The interaction process is described in detail. In this embodiment, the measurement control point base station is an anchor point base station. Since the anchor cell (CELL 1) is also a camping cell at the beginning of the UE mobile, the camping base station and the anchor base station are both the base station to which the CELL1 belongs. The potential target cell is CELL 2. CELL 1 and CELL 2 are in the same RNA, RNA 1. In this embodiment, the UE refers to the same UE.
该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S801,锚点基站向测量基站发送第一测量请求。结合附图4,在本实施例中,在UE从CELL 1向CELL 2移动的过程中,RNA1中CELL 3也能收到UE的TS信号,因此CELL 3所属的基站为测量基站,能够生成关于UE的上行TS的测量结果。S801. The anchor base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station. With reference to FIG. 4, in the embodiment, during the UE moving from CELL 1 to CELL 2, CELL 3 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 3 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,所述测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息。可选地,所述测量控制点指示信息测量控制点指示信息,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是锚点基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。The first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information. Optionally, the measurement control point indicates information measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is an anchor point base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,第一测量请求中携带UE的标识,用以指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。Optionally, the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
可选地,测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
可选地,测量请求可以通过基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
S802,测量基站根据第一测量请求对UE的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给锚点基站。可选地,CELL 3所属的基站在接收到第一测量请求之后,按照测量控制信息中的测量周期持续地对UE的上行TS进行测量,定期将测量结果发送给锚点基站。直到CELL 3所属的基站超过一定时间段接收不到UE的上行TS后,不再向锚点基站发送测量 结果。S802. The measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. Optionally, after receiving the first measurement request, the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. Until the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs does not receive the uplink TS of the UE after a certain period of time, the measurement is not sent to the anchor base station. result.
可选地,测量结果可以通过CELL 3所属的基站与锚点基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the anchor base station, for example, an Xn interface.
S803,锚点基站根据目前已获取的测量结果,确定UE的潜在目标小区为CELL 2。其中测量结果包括接收到的来自于测量基站的测量结果,以及锚点基站自身对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的测量结果。S803. The anchor base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 2. The measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the anchor base station itself measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
锚点基站可以选择对于UE的上行TS的测量结果较优的一个或多个小区作为潜在目标小区。The anchor base station may select one or more cells that are superior to the measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
可选地,锚点基站在确定潜在目标小区时,在已获取的测量结果的基础上还可以参考其他因素。例如锚点基站参考UE的历史运动轨迹,估计出UE的运动方向,从而选择在UE的运动方向上测量结果较优的小区CELL 2作为预估出的在未来很有可能成为UE的新的驻留小区,即潜在目标小区为CELL 2。Optionally, when determining the potential target cell, the anchor base station may refer to other factors based on the obtained measurement result. For example, the anchor base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 2 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future. The reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 2.
S804,锚点基站向CELL 2所属的基站发送第二测量请求。可选地,锚点基站确定潜在目标小区为CELL 2后,根据存储的RNA 1中各小区以及每个小区所属的基站之间的对应关系,获知CELL2所属的基站。锚点基站生成待发送给CELL2所属的基站的测量请求中携带有测量控制点指示信息,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是锚点基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。与第一测量请求类似地,第二测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。S804. The anchor base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. Optionally, after determining that the potential target cell is CELL 2, the anchor base station learns the base station to which CELL2 belongs according to the correspondence between each cell in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs. The measurement request generated by the anchor base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL2 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the anchor point base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Similar to the first measurement request, the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
可选地,第二测量请求可以通过锚点基站与CELL 2所属的基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the second measurement request may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
S805,CELL 2所属的基站向锚点基站发送测量结果。测量结果中携带CELL 2所属的基站根据第二测量请求中携带的参数对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的信息。CELL 2所属的基站对UE的上行TS的测量过程与其他测量基站类似,可以参照S802中的描述,在这里不再赘述。S805. The base station to which the CELL 2 belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station. The measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. The measurement procedure of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 2 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S802, and details are not described herein.
可选地,测量结果可以通过CELL 2所属的基站与锚点基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs and the anchor base station, for example, an Xn interface.
S806,锚点基站根据CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量结果向UE发送第一寻呼消息。S806. The anchor base station sends a first paging message to the UE according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs.
具体地,锚点基站根据CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量报告确认CELL2的信号质量较优时,向用户第一寻呼消息,第一寻呼消息的目的是指示所述用户设备同步并监听所述目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Specifically, when the anchor base station confirms that the signal quality of the CELL2 is superior according to the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, the first paging message is sent to the user, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes and monitors the location. A broadcast channel and a paging channel of the target cell.
可选地,锚点基站可以根据UE的历史移动轨迹估算UE的移动速度,如果UE慢速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第一种发送寻呼消息的方式。锚点基站根据已获得的测量结果,包括自身生成的测量结果,确定是否满足预设的驻留小区变更条件。即直接执行步骤S807,在满足预设的驻留小区变更条件时,向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带变更状态指示符和 所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示UE变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。比如可以在传统寻呼消息的基础上,扩展2个字段,其中第一个字段用来携带状态指示符,第二个字段用来携带潜在目标小区的标识。在本实施例中,第一个字段可以占用2bit,变更状态指示符可以用数据“00”表示。Optionally, the anchor base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. The anchor base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the measurement result generated by itself. That is, the step S807 is directly performed, and when the preset camping cell change condition is met, the first paging message is sent to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And paging the channel, changing to synchronize and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. Optionally, the first paging message carries a change status indicator and The identifier of the potential target cell, the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel. For example, based on the traditional paging message, two fields may be extended, where the first field is used to carry the status indicator, and the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell. In this embodiment, the first field can occupy 2 bits, and the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
如果根据估算出的UE的移动速度,确定UE快速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第二种发送寻呼消息的方式。锚点基站在执行步骤S807之前,先根据测量结果确定是否满足预定的小区增加条件。当确定满足预定的小区增加条件时,锚点基站向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带增加状态指示符和潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示UE增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。增加状态指示符用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,增加状态指示符可以用数据“01”表示。If the fast moving of the UE is determined according to the estimated moving speed of the UE, the second manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. Before performing step S807, the anchor base station first determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the anchor base station sends a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the resident cell. Based on, the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell are synchronized and monitored. Optionally, the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel. The increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
S807,锚点基站根据CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定UE是否需要变更驻留小区。如果需要变更驻留小区,则执行步骤S808。如果不需要变更驻留小区,则驻留基站返回S803继续汇总各个测量基站关于UE的上行TS的测量报告。S807. The anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camped cell. If it is necessary to change the camped cell, step S808 is performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S803 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
具体实现中,锚点基站对原驻留小区生成的测量报告,以及CELL 2所属的基站发送的测量报告进行比较。如果满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区。如果不满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备不需要变更驻留小区。示例性地,所述预设的驻留小区变更条件可以是潜在目标小区CELL 2的信号质量优于原驻留小区CELL 1的信号质量、且二者差值超过预定门限的持续时间长于预定时间。In a specific implementation, the anchor base station compares the measurement report generated by the original camped cell with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell. Exemplarily, the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 2 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 1, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
S808,锚点基站向CELL 2所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示。所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知CELL 2所属的基站以CELL 2作为变更驻留小区后UE的驻留小区。所述第一驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识。S808. The anchor base station sends a first camped cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. The first camping cell change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs to use CELL 2 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell. The first camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
可选地,第一驻留小区变更指示可以通过锚点基站与CELL 2所属基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the first camped cell change indication may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
在UE变更驻留小区后,步骤S801-S808中的驻留基站将不再作为UE的驻留基站,CELL 2所属的基站成为所述UE的新的驻留基站,CELL 2所属的基站和测量基站仍向锚点基站发送UE的测量结果。After the UE changes the camping cell, the camping base station in steps S801-S808 will no longer be the camping base station of the UE, the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, and the base station and measurement to which the CELL 2 belongs. The base station still transmits the measurement result of the UE to the anchor base station.
可选地,如果UE快速移动,还包括:Optionally, if the UE moves quickly, the method further includes:
S810,锚点基站在向CELL 2所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示后,根据接收到的测量结果判断CELL 1的信号质量满足小区释放条件时,向CELL 2所属的基站发送第二寻呼消息,并通过CELL 2所属的基站转发给UE。所述第二寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步并监听变更前的驻留小区(即CELL 1)的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,所述第二寻呼消息携带有删除状态指示符和变更前的驻留小区标识。删除状态指示符可以用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,删除状态指示符可以用数据“10”表示。S810, after the first base station change indication is sent to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs, the anchor base station sends a second search to the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs according to the received measurement result that the signal quality of the CELL 1 meets the cell release condition. The message is forwarded and forwarded to the UE through the base station to which the CELL 2 belongs. The second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 1) before the change. Optionally, the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change. The delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
图9是本申请另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。本实施例对附图4所示的第二种移动场景,即UE从非anchor cell(CELL 2)向非anchor cell(CELL 3)间移动的场景种,各基站之间、以及基站与UE之间的交互过程进行详细说明。在本实施例中, 驻留基站(即CELL 2所属的基站)是测量控制点基站,锚点基站是CELL1所属的基站,潜在目标小区是CELL 3。CELL 2和CELL 3处于同一RNA,即RNA 1。在本实施例中,UE指代的是同一个UE。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the second mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4, that is, the scenario in which the UE moves from the non-anchor cell (CELL 2) to the non-anchor cell (CELL 3), between the base stations, and between the base stations and the UE The interaction process between the two is described in detail. In this embodiment, The camping base station (ie, the base station to which CELL 2 belongs) is the measurement control point base station, the anchor point base station is the base station to which CELL1 belongs, and the potential target cell is CELL 3. CELL 2 and CELL 3 are in the same RNA, RNA 1. In this embodiment, the UE refers to the same UE.
该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S901,驻留基站向测量基站发送第一测量请求。结合附图4,在本实施例中,除CELL1、CELL2和CELL3之外,如果RNA1中还存在其他基站,则将其他基站作为测量基站,测量基站能够生成关于UE的上行TS的测量结果。S901. The camping base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station. Referring to FIG. 4, in the present embodiment, in addition to CELL1, CELL2, and CELL3, if other base stations exist in RNA1, the other base stations are used as measurement base stations, and the measurement base station can generate measurement results about the uplink TS of the UE.
第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,所述测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息。可选地,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。The first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information. Optionally, the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a camping base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,第一测量请求中携带UE的标识,用以指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。Optionally, the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
可选地,测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
可选地,测量请求可以通过基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
S902,测量基站根据第一测量请求对UE的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给驻留基站。可选地,测量基站在接收到第一测量请求之后,按照测量控制信息中的测量周期持续地对UE的上行TS进行测量,定期将测量结果发送给驻留基站。直到测量基站超过一定时间段接收不到UE的上行TS后,不再向驻留基站发送测量结果。S902. The measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the resident base station. Optionally, after receiving the first measurement request, the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station. After the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
可选地,测量结果可以通过测量基站与驻留基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the camping base station, such as an Xn interface.
S903,驻留基站根据目前已获取的测量结果,确定UE的潜在目标小区为CELL 3。其中测量结果包括接收到的来自于测量基站的测量结果,以及驻留基站自身对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的测量结果。S903. The camping base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 3. The measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident base station itself measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
驻留基站可以选择对于UE的上行TS的测量结果较优的一个或多个小区作为潜在目标小区。The camping base station may select one or more cells that are better for the measurement of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
可选地,驻留基站在确定潜在目标小区时,在已获取的测量结果的基础上还可以参考其他因素。例如驻留基站参考UE的历史运动轨迹,估计出UE的运动方向,从而选择在UE的运动方向上测量结果较优的小区CELL 3作为预估出的在未来很有可能成为UE的新的驻留小区,即潜在目标小区为CELL 3。Optionally, when the camping base station determines the potential target cell, other factors may also be referred to based on the acquired measurement results. For example, the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 3 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future. The reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 3.
S904,驻留基站向CELL 3所属的基站发送第二测量请求。可选地,驻留基站确定潜在目标小区为CELL 3后,根据存储的RNA 1中各小区以及每个小区所属的基站之间的对应关系,获知CELL3所属的基站。驻留基站生成待发送给CELL3所属的基站的测量请求中携带有测量控制点指示信息,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。与第一测量请求类似地,第二测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。S904. The camping base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. Optionally, after the camping base station determines that the potential target cell is the CELL 3, the base station to which the CELL3 belongs is obtained according to the correspondence between the cells in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs. The measurement request generated by the camping base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL3 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the resident base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Similar to the first measurement request, the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
可选地,第二测量请求可以通过驻留基站与CELL 3所属的基站之间的接口来发送, 例如Xn接口。Optionally, the second measurement request may be sent by using an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. For example, the Xn interface.
S905,CELL 3所属的基站向驻留基站发送测量结果。测量结果中携带CELL 3所属的基站根据第二测量请求中携带的参数对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的信息。CELL 3所属的基站对UE的上行TS的测量过程与其他测量基站类似,可以参照S902中的描述,在这里不再赘述。S905. The base station to which the CELL 3 belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station. The measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. The measurement procedure of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 3 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S902, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,测量结果可以通过CELL 3所属的基站与驻留基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the resident base station, for example, an Xn interface.
S906,驻留基站根据CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量结果向UE发送第一寻呼消息。S906. The camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
具体地,驻留基站根据CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量报告确认CELL3的信号质量较优时,向用户第一寻呼消息,第一寻呼消息的目的是指示所述用户设备同步并监听所述目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Specifically, when the camping base station confirms that the signal quality of the CELL3 is superior according to the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, the first paging message is sent to the user, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes and monitors the location. A broadcast channel and a paging channel of the target cell.
可选地,驻留基站可以根据UE的历史移动轨迹估算UE的移动速度,如果UE慢速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第一种发送寻呼消息的方式。驻留基站根据已获得的测量结果,包括自身生成的测量结果,确定是否满足预设的驻留小区变更条件。即直接执行步骤S907,在满足预设的驻留小区变更条件时,向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示UE变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。比如可以在传统寻呼消息的基础上,扩展2个字段,其中第一个字段用来携带状态指示符,第二个字段用来携带潜在目标小区的标识。在本实施例中,第一个字段可以占用2bit,变更状态指示符可以用数据“00”表示。Optionally, the camping base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. The camping base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the self-generated measurement result. That is, directly executing step S907, when the preset camping cell change condition is met, sending a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized or listening to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And paging the channel, changing to synchronize and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. Optionally, the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel. For example, based on the traditional paging message, two fields may be extended, where the first field is used to carry the status indicator, and the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell. In this embodiment, the first field can occupy 2 bits, and the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
如果根据估算出的UE的移动速度,确定UE快速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第二种发送寻呼消息的方式。驻留基站在执行步骤S907之前,先根据测量结果确定是否满足预定的小区增加条件。当确定满足预定的小区增加条件时,驻留基站向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带增加状态指示符和潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示UE增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。增加状态指示符用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,增加状态指示符可以用数据“01”表示。If the fast moving of the UE is determined according to the estimated moving speed of the UE, the second manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. The camping base station determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is satisfied according to the measurement result before performing step S907. When it is determined that the predetermined cell increase condition is met, the camping base station sends a first paging message to the UE, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell. Based on, the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell are synchronized and monitored. Optionally, the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel. The increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
S907,驻留基站根据CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定UE是否需要变更驻留小区。如果需要变更驻留小区,则执行步骤S908-S910。如果不需要变更驻留小区,则驻留基站返回S903继续汇总各个测量基站关于UE的上行TS的测量报告。S907. The camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camping cell. If it is necessary to change the camping cell, steps S908-S910 are performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S903 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
具体实现中,驻留基站对自身生成的测量报告,以及CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量报告进行比较。如果满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区。如果不满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备不需要变更驻留小区。示例性地,所述预设的驻留小区变更条件可以是潜在目标小区CELL 3的信号质量优于原驻留小区CELL 2的信号质量、且二者差值超过预定门限的持续时间长于预定时间。In a specific implementation, the resident base station compares the measurement report generated by itself with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell. Exemplarily, the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 3 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 2, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
S908,驻留基站向CELL 3所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示。所述第一驻留小 区变更指示用于通知CELL 3所属的基站以CELL 3作为变更驻留小区后UE的驻留小区。所述第一驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识、寻呼信息、无线接入通知区的小区列表以及测量信息中的至少一种,所述测量信息包括测量小区标识、测量时长、测量门限值以及信息上报条件中的至少一种。S908. The camping base station sends a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. The first resident small The area change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to use CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell. The first camping cell change indication carries at least one of an identifier of the potential target cell, paging information, a cell list of a radio access notification area, and measurement information, where the measurement information includes a measurement cell identifier, and a measurement At least one of a duration, a measurement threshold, and an information reporting condition.
可选地,第一驻留小区变更指示可以通过驻留基站与CELL 3所属基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the first camped cell change indication may be sent by using an interface between the camping base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
S909,驻留基站向测量基站发送第二驻留小区变更指示。第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知测量基站以CELL 3作为变更驻留小区后所述UE的驻留小区,所述第二驻留小区变更指示携带有CELL 3的标识。在用户终端变更驻留小区后,测量基站向CELL 3所属的基站发送测量结果。S909. The camping base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the measurement base station. The second camping cell change indication is used to notify the measuring base station to use the CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the second camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 3. After the user terminal changes the camping cell, the measurement base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
S910,驻留基站向锚点基站发送第三驻留小区变更指示。第三驻留小区变更指示用于通知锚点基站以CELL 3作为变更驻留小区后所述UE的驻留小区,所述第三驻留小区变更指示携带有CELL 3的标识。在用户终端变更驻留小区后,锚点基站向CELL 3所属的基站发送测量结果。S910. The camping base station sends a third camping cell change indication to the anchor base station. The third camping cell change indication is used to notify the anchor base station to use the CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the third camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 3. After the user terminal changes the camping cell, the anchor base station sends the measurement result to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
在UE变更驻留小区后,步骤S901-S908中的驻留基站将不再作为UE的驻留基站,CELL 3所属的基站成为所述UE的新的驻留基站,作为所述UE的测量控制点基站。在步骤S901-S908中的驻留基站能收到UE的TS的情况下,向CELL 3所属的基站发送UE的测量结果。After the UE changes the camping cell, the camping base station in steps S901-S908 will no longer be the camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, as the measurement control of the UE. Point the base station. In the case where the camping base station in steps S901-S908 can receive the TS of the UE, the measurement result of the UE is transmitted to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs.
可选地,如果UE快速移动,还包括:Optionally, if the UE moves quickly, the method further includes:
S911,CELL 3所属的基站接收到第一驻留小区变更指示后,根据接收到的测量结果判断CELL 2的信号质量满足小区释放条件时,向UE发送第二寻呼消息。所述第二寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步并监听变更前的驻留小区(即CELL 2)的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,所述第二寻呼消息携带有删除状态指示符和变更前的驻留小区标识。删除状态指示符可以用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,删除状态指示符可以用数据“10”表示。After receiving the first camped cell change indication, the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs determines that the signal quality of the CELL 2 satisfies the cell release condition according to the received measurement result, and sends a second paging message to the UE. The second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 2) before the change. Optionally, the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change. The delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
图10是本申请另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。本实施例对附图4所示的第二种移动场景,即UE从非anchor cell(CELL 2)向非anchor cell(CELL 3)间移动的场景种,各基站之间、以及基站与UE之间的交互过程进行详细说明。在本实施例中,锚点基站(即CELL 1所属的基站)是测量控制点基站,驻留基站是CELL2所属的基站,潜在目标小区是CELL 3。CELL 2和CELL 3处于同一RNA,即RNA 1。在本实施例中,UE指代的是同一个UE。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the second mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4, that is, the scenario in which the UE moves from the non-anchor cell (CELL 2) to the non-anchor cell (CELL 3), between the base stations, and between the base stations and the UE The interaction process between the two is described in detail. In this embodiment, the anchor point base station (ie, the base station to which CELL 1 belongs) is the measurement control point base station, the camping base station is the base station to which CELL2 belongs, and the potential target cell is CELL 3. CELL 2 and CELL 3 are in the same RNA, RNA 1. In this embodiment, the UE refers to the same UE.
该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S1001,锚点基站向测量基站发送第一测量请求。结合附图4,在本实施例中,除CELL1、CELL2和CELL3之外,如果RNA1中还存在其他基站,则将其他基站作为测量基站,测量基站能够生成关于UE的上行TS的测量结果。S1001: The anchor base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station. Referring to FIG. 4, in the present embodiment, in addition to CELL1, CELL2, and CELL3, if other base stations exist in RNA1, the other base stations are used as measurement base stations, and the measurement base station can generate measurement results about the uplink TS of the UE.
第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,所述测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息。可选地,所述测量控制点指示信息测量控制点指示信息,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实 施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。The first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information. Optionally, the measurement control point indicates information measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident base station. For the description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the previous paragraph. The description in the example is not repeated here.
可选地,第一测量请求中携带UE的标识,用以指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。Optionally, the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
可选地,测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
可选地,测量请求可以通过基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
S1002,测量基站根据第一测量请求对UE的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给锚点基站。可选地,测量基站在接收到第一测量请求之后,按照测量控制信息中的测量周期持续地对UE的上行TS进行测量,定期将测量结果发送给锚点基站。直到测量基站超过一定时间段接收不到UE的上行TS后,不再向锚点基站发送测量结果。S1002: The measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. Optionally, after receiving the first measurement request, the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. After the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the anchor base station.
可选地,测量结果可以通过测量基站与锚点基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the anchor base station, such as an Xn interface.
S1003,锚点基站根据目前已获取的测量结果,确定UE的潜在目标小区为CELL 3。其中测量结果包括接收到的来自于测量基站的测量结果,以及驻留小区对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的测量结果。可选地,如果锚点小区也能接收到UE的TS的情况下,测量结果还包括锚点基站自身生成的测量结果。S1003. The anchor base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 3. The measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident cell measuring the uplink TS of the UE. Optionally, if the anchor cell can also receive the TS of the UE, the measurement result further includes the measurement result generated by the anchor base station itself.
锚点基站可以选择对于UE的上行TS的测量结果较优的一个或多个小区作为潜在目标小区。The anchor base station may select one or more cells that are superior to the measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
可选地,锚点基站在确定潜在目标小区时,在已获取的测量结果的基础上还可以参考其他因素。例如锚点基站参考UE的历史运动轨迹,估计出UE的运动方向,从而选择在UE的运动方向上测量结果较优的小区CELL 3作为预估出的在未来很有可能成为UE的新的驻留小区,即潜在目标小区为CELL 3。Optionally, when determining the potential target cell, the anchor base station may refer to other factors based on the obtained measurement result. For example, the anchor base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 3 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future. The reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 3.
S1004,锚点基站向CELL 3所属的基站发送第二测量请求。可选地,锚点基站确定潜在目标小区为CELL 3后,根据存储的RNA 1中各小区以及每个小区所属的基站之间的对应关系,获知CELL3所属的基站。锚点基站生成待发送给CELL3所属的基站的测量请求中携带有测量控制点指示信息,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。与第一测量请求类似地,第二测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。S1004: The anchor base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. Optionally, after determining that the potential target cell is CELL 3, the anchor base station learns the base station to which CELL3 belongs according to the correspondence between each cell in the stored RNA 1 and the base station to which each cell belongs. The measurement request generated by the anchor base station to be sent to the base station to which the CELL3 belongs carries the measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is the resident base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Similar to the first measurement request, the second measurement request further carries various measurement parameters, such as at least one of a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, the measurement control information including a terminal of the user equipment At least one of an identification, a measurement period, a measurement reporting condition, and a tracking signal.
可选地,第二测量请求可以通过锚点基站与CELL 3所属的基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the second measurement request may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
S1005,CELL 3所属的基站向锚点基站发送测量结果。测量结果中携带CELL 3所属的基站根据第二测量请求中携带的参数对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的信息。CELL 3所属的基站对UE的上行TS的测量过程与其他测量基站类似,可以参照S1002中的描述,在这里不再赘述。S1005: The base station to which the CELL 3 belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station. The measurement result carries information generated by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to measure the uplink TS of the UE according to the parameter carried in the second measurement request. The measurement process of the uplink TS of the UE to which the CELL 3 belongs is similar to that of other measurement base stations. For details, refer to the description in S1002, and details are not described herein.
可选地,测量结果可以通过CELL 3所属的基站与锚点基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the measurement result may be sent through an interface between the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs and the anchor base station, for example, an Xn interface.
S1006,锚点基站根据CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量结果,通过驻留基站向UE发 送第一寻呼消息。S1006: The anchor base station sends the UE to the UE by using the camping base station according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. Send the first paging message.
具体地,锚点基站根据CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量报告确认CELL3的信号质量较优时,通过驻留基站向用户第一寻呼消息,第一寻呼消息的目的是指示所述用户设备同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Specifically, the anchor base station, according to the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, confirms that the signal quality of the CELL3 is superior, and the first paging message is sent to the user by the camping base station, and the purpose of the first paging message is to indicate the user equipment. Synchronizing and listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
可选地,锚点基站可以根据UE的历史移动轨迹估算UE的移动速度,如果UE慢速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第一种发送寻呼消息的方式。锚点基站根据已获得的测量结果,包括自身生成的测量结果,确定是否满足预设的驻留小区变更条件。即直接执行步骤S1007,在满足预设的驻留小区变更条件时,通过驻留基站向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指示符用于指示UE变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。比如可以在传统寻呼消息的基础上,扩展2个字段,其中第一个字段用来携带状态指示符,第二个字段用来携带潜在目标小区的标识。在本实施例中,第一个字段可以占用2bit,变更状态指示符可以用数据“00”表示。Optionally, the anchor base station may estimate the moving speed of the UE according to the historical trajectory of the UE. If the UE moves slowly, the first manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. The anchor base station determines whether the preset camping cell change condition is met according to the obtained measurement result, including the measurement result generated by itself. That is, directly executing step S1007, when the preset camping cell change condition is met, the first paging message is sent to the UE by the camping base station, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized or intercepted by the camping. The broadcast channel and paging channel of the cell are changed to synchronize and listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell. Optionally, the first paging message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the change status indicator is used to instruct the UE to change a cell that is a synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel. For example, based on the traditional paging message, two fields may be extended, where the first field is used to carry the status indicator, and the second field is used to carry the identifier of the potential target cell. In this embodiment, the first field can occupy 2 bits, and the change status indicator can be represented by data "00".
如果根据估算出的UE的移动速度,确定UE快速移动,则采用以上实施例介绍的第二种发送寻呼消息的方式。锚点基站在执行步骤S1007之前,先根据测量结果确定是否满足预定的小区增加条件。当确定满足预定的小区增加条件时,锚点基站通过驻留基站向UE发送第一寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一寻呼消息携带增加状态指示符和潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示UE增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步和监听对象的小区。增加状态指示符用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,增加状态指示符可以用数据“01”表示。If the fast moving of the UE is determined according to the estimated moving speed of the UE, the second manner of sending the paging message introduced in the foregoing embodiment is adopted. Before performing step S1007, the anchor base station first determines whether the predetermined cell addition condition is met according to the measurement result. When it is determined that the predetermined cell addition condition is met, the anchor base station sends a first paging message to the UE by using the camping base station, where the paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel of the camping cell. And synchronizing and listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of the paging channel. Optionally, the first paging message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, the increased status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the synchronization and monitoring target of the broadcast channel and the paging channel. The increment status indicator is carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the increment status indicator can be represented by data "01".
S1007,锚点基站根据CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定UE是否需要变更驻留小区。如果需要变更驻留小区,则执行步骤S1008-S1009。如果不需要变更驻留小区,则驻留基站返回S1003继续汇总各个测量基站关于UE的上行TS的测量报告。S1007: The anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, whether the UE needs to change the camped cell. If it is necessary to change the camped cell, steps S1008-S1009 are performed. If the camped cell does not need to be changed, the camping base station returns to S1003 to continue to summarize the measurement reports of the uplink TSs of the respective measurement base stations with respect to the UE.
具体实现中,锚点基站对原驻留小区的测量报告,以及CELL 3所属的基站发送的测量报告进行比较。如果满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区。如果不满足预设的驻留小区变更条件,则确定所述用户设备不需要变更驻留小区。示例性地,所述预设的驻留小区变更条件可以是潜在目标小区CELL 3的信号质量优于原驻留小区CELL 2的信号质量、且二者差值超过预定门限的持续时间长于预定时间。In a specific implementation, the anchor base station compares the measurement report of the original camped cell with the measurement report sent by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. If the preset camping cell change condition is met, it is determined that the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. If the preset camping cell change condition is not met, it is determined that the user equipment does not need to change the camping cell. Exemplarily, the preset camping cell change condition may be that the signal quality of the potential target cell CELL 3 is better than the signal quality of the original camping cell CELL 2, and the duration of the difference exceeding the predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined time. .
S1008,锚点基站向CELL 3所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示。所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知CELL 3所属的基站以CELL 3作为变更驻留小区后UE的驻留小区。所述第一驻留小区变更指示携带有所述潜在目标小区的标识。S1008: The anchor base station sends a first camped cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. The first camping cell change indication is used to notify the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs to use CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell. The first camping cell change indication carries an identifier of the potential target cell.
可选地,第一驻留小区变更指示可以通过锚点基站与CELL 3所属基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Optionally, the first camped cell change indication may be sent through an interface between the anchor base station and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, such as an Xn interface.
S1009,锚点基站向驻留基站发送第二驻留小区变更指示。第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知驻留基站以CELL 3作为变更驻留小区后所述UE的驻留小区,所述第二驻留小区变更指示携带有CELL 3的标识。在用户终端变更驻留小区后,驻留基站仍向锚点基站发 送测量结果。S1009: The anchor base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the camping base station. The second camping cell change indication is used to notify the camping base station to use the CELL 3 as the camping cell of the UE after changing the camping cell, and the second camping cell change indication carries the identifier of the CELL 3. After the user terminal changes the camping cell, the camping base station still sends the anchor base station to the anchor point base station. Send the measurement results.
在UE变更驻留小区后,步骤S1001-S1009中的驻留基站将不再作为UE的驻留基站,CELL 3所属的基站成为所述UE的新的驻留基站,CELL2、CELL 3所属的基站和测量基站仍向锚点基站发送UE的测量结果。After the UE changes the camping cell, the camping base station in steps S1001-S1009 will no longer serve as the camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs becomes the new camping base station of the UE, and the base station to which the CELL2 and the CELL 3 belong. And measuring the base station still transmitting the measurement result of the UE to the anchor base station.
可选地,如果UE快速移动,还包括:Optionally, if the UE moves quickly, the method further includes:
S1010,锚点基站通过驻留基站向CELL 3所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示后,根据接收到的测量结果判断CELL 2的信号质量满足小区释放条件时,向CELL 3所属的基站发送第二寻呼消息,并由CELL 3所属的基站转发给UE。所述第二寻呼消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步并监听变更前的驻留小区(即CELL 2)的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,所述第二寻呼消息携带有删除状态指示符和变更前的驻留小区标识。删除状态指示符可以用上述扩展的第一个字段来携带,删除状态指示符可以用数据“10”表示。S1010. After the anchor base station sends the first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs, the anchor base station sends, according to the received measurement result, that the signal quality of the CELL 2 meets the cell release condition, and sends the signal to the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. The second paging message is forwarded to the UE by the base station to which the CELL 3 belongs. The second paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized and listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camped cell (ie, CELL 2) before the change. Optionally, the second paging message carries a deletion status indicator and a resident cell identifier before the change. The delete status indicator can be carried with the first field of the extension described above, and the delete status indicator can be represented by data "10".
图11是本申请另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。本实施例对附图4所示的第三种移动场景,即UE在跨RNA的小区之间移动,例如从CELL 3移动到CELL 4,各基站之间、以及基站与UE之间的交互过程进行详细说明。在本实施例中,驻留基站(即CELL 3所属的基站)是测量控制点基站,锚点基站是CELL1所属的基站,潜在目标小区是CELL 4。CELL 3和CELL 4处于不同RNA。在本实施例中,UE指代的是同一个UE。FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. This embodiment moves to the third mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4, that is, the UE moves between cells across the RNA, for example, from CELL 3 to CELL 4, between base stations, and between the base station and the UE. Detailed instructions are given. In this embodiment, the camping base station (ie, the base station to which CELL 3 belongs) is the measurement control point base station, the anchor point base station is the base station to which CELL1 belongs, and the potential target cell is CELL 4. CELL 3 and CELL 4 are in different RNAs. In this embodiment, the UE refers to the same UE.
S1101,驻留基站向测量基站发送第一测量请求。结合附图4,在本实施例中,在UE从CELL 3向CELL 4移动的过程中,RNA1中CELL 2也能收到UE的TS信号,因此CELL 2所属的基站为测量基站,能够生成关于UE的上行TS的测量结果。S1101: The camping base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station. With reference to FIG. 4, in the embodiment, during the UE moving from CELL 3 to CELL 4, CELL 2 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 2 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,所述测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息。可选地,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。The first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information. Optionally, the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a camping base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,第一测量请求中携带UE的标识,用以指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。Optionally, the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
可选地,测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
可选地,测量请求可以通过基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
S1102,测量基站根据第一测量请求对UE的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给驻留基站。可选地,测量基站在接收到第一测量请求之后,按照测量控制信息中的测量周期持续地对UE的上行TS进行测量,定期将测量结果发送给驻留基站。直到测量基站覆盖的测量小区超过一定时间段接收不到UE的上行TS后,不再向驻留基站发送测量结果。S1102: The measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the camping base station. Optionally, after receiving the first measurement request, the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station. After the measurement cell covered by the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
可选地,测量结果可以通过测量基站与驻留基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the camping base station, such as an Xn interface.
S1103,驻留基站根据目前已获取的测量结果,确定UE的潜在目标小区为CELL 4。其中测量结果包括接收到的来自于测量基站的测量结果,以及驻留小区对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的测量结果。S1103: The camping base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 4. The measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident cell measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
驻留基站可以选择对于UE的上行TS的测量结果较优的一个或多个小区作为潜在目标小区。 The camping base station may select one or more cells that are better for the measurement of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
可选地,驻留基站在确定潜在目标小区时,在已获取的测量结果的基础上还可以参考其他因素。例如驻留基站参考UE的历史运动轨迹,估计出UE的运动方向,从而选择在UE的运动方向上测量结果较优的小区CELL 4作为预估出的在未来很有可能成为UE的新的驻留小区,即潜在目标小区为CELL 4。Optionally, when the camping base station determines the potential target cell, other factors may also be referred to based on the acquired measurement results. For example, the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 4 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future. The reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 4.
S1104,驻留基站向CELL 4所属的基站发送第二测量请求。第二测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。与第一测量请求类似地,可选地,所述第二测量请求中还可以携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,具体方法不再赘述。S1104: The camping base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs. The second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured. Optionally, the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident of the UE. The base station to which the reserved cell belongs, the specific method will not be described again.
可选地,驻留基站确定潜在目标小区与驻留小区是否处于同一RNA,如果潜在目标小区与驻留小区处于不同RNA,执行下述步骤。Optionally, the camping base station determines whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, perform the following steps.
S1105,CELL 4所属的基站进行资源冲突判决。如果资源冲突,即UE发送的上行TS使用的资源已被其他UE占用,CELL 4所属的基站向驻留基站发送冲突指示,所述冲突指示用于指示所述UE发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用。所述冲突指示中携带所述UE的标识。驻留基站接收到冲突指示后,执行S1106-S1107。S1105, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resource conflicts, that is, the resource used by the uplink TS sent by the UE is already occupied by the other UE, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a conflict indication to the camping base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the UE is in the Not available in the RNA of the potential target cell. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After the camping base station receives the conflict indication, S1106-S1107 is executed.
如果资源不冲突,CELL 4所属的基站向驻留基站发送测量结果。驻留基站接收到测量结果后,执行S1108-S1110。If the resources do not conflict, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a measurement result to the camping base station. After the camping base station receives the measurement result, S1108-S1110 is executed.
S1106,驻留基站向所述UE发送寻呼消息。寻呼消息用于通知所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,寻呼消息携带有下行测量指示符。UE接收到寻呼消息后,同步并监听驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,同步并监听其他小区的广播信道,启动对驻留小区和其他小区的下行参考信号进行测量。UE根据下行参考信号的测量结果发起无线资源重配置流程。S1106. The camping base station sends a paging message to the UE. The paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. Optionally, the paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator. After receiving the paging message, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channels of other cells, and starts to measure the downlink reference signals of the camped cells and other cells. The UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
可选地,由于CELL 4是驻留基站确定出的UE可能会驻留的小区,这说明在各个测量小区中CELL 4对UE的TS进行测量得到的测量结果较优。上行TS的质量与下行参考信号的质量有一定的参考性,那么CELL 4的下行参考信号有可能是UE的所有邻区中质量较好的。因此驻留基站可以将CELL 4的标识通知给UE,以便于UE对潜在目标小区的下行参考信号进行测量作为发起无线资源重配置流程的参考依据。在这种情况下,驻留基站还可以通过寻呼消息指示所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区以及CELL 4的下行信号进行测量,根据对所述驻留小区以及CELL 4的下行信号的测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,寻呼消息中还携带有增加状态指示符和CELL 4的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述UE增加作为下行参考信号的测量对象的小区。UE接收到携带有下行测量指示符、增加状态指示符和潜在目标小区标识的寻呼消息后,同步并监听驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,同步并监听潜在目标小区和其他小区的广播信道,启动对驻留小区、潜在目标小区和其他小区的下行参考信号进行测量。UE根据下行参考信号的测量结果发起无线资源重配置流程。Optionally, since the CELL 4 is a cell that the UE determines that the UE may be camped on by the camping station, this indicates that the measurement result obtained by measuring the TS of the UE by the CELL 4 in each measurement cell is superior. The quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the CELL 4 may be of good quality in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the camping base station can notify the UE of the identifier of the CELL 4, so that the UE can measure the downlink reference signal of the potential target cell as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process. In this case, the camping base station may further indicate, by using a paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of the camped cell of the UE and the downlink signal of the CELL 4, according to the downlink signal to the camped cell and the CELL 4. The measurement result initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process. Optionally, the paging message further carries an identifier of the added status indicator and the CELL 4, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the measurement target of the downlink reference signal. After receiving the paging message carrying the downlink measurement indicator, the added status indicator, and the potential target cell identifier, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast of the potential target cell and other cells. The channel initiates measurement of downlink reference signals for the camped cell, the potential target cell, and other cells. The UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
S1107,驻留基站向UE的锚点基站发送测量变更指示。其中,测量变更指示用于通知所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站所述UE的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。所述测量变更指示中携带所述UE的标识。 S1107. The camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE. The measurement change indication is used to notify the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal. The measurement change indication carries an identifier of the UE.
S1108,驻留基站根据CELL 4所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定是否满足测量变更条件。如果满足测量变更条件,驻留基站执行S1109,如果不满足测量变更条件,驻留基站继续接收来自于各个测量基站的测量结果,直到根据获得的测量结果确认满足测量变更条件后,再执行S1109。S1108. The camping base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the camping base station performs S1109. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the camping base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then S1109 is performed.
S1109,驻留基站向UE发送寻呼消息。对于寻呼消息的说明请参考上述S1106中的描述。S1109. The camping base station sends a paging message to the UE. For a description of the paging message, please refer to the description in S1106 above.
S1110,驻留基站向UE的锚点基站发送测量变更指示。其中,测量变更指示用于通知所述UE的锚点小区所属的基站所述UE的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。所述测量变更指示中携带所述UE的标识。S1110: The camping base station sends a measurement change indication to the anchor base station of the UE. The measurement change indication is used to notify the base station to which the anchor cell of the UE belongs that the measurement mode of the UE is changed to measure the downlink signal. The measurement change indication carries an identifier of the UE.
图12是本申请另一个实施例提供的一种状态管理方法的流程示意图。本实施例对附图4所示的第三种移动场景,即UE在跨RNA的小区之间移动,例如从CELL 3移动到CELL 4,各基站之间、以及基站与UE之间的交互过程进行详细说明。在本实施例中,锚点基站(即CELL 1所属的基站)是测量控制点基站,驻留基站是CELL3所属的基站,潜在目标小区是CELL 4。CELL 3和CELL 4处于不同RNA。在本实施例中,UE指代的是同一个UE。FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a state management method according to another embodiment of the present application. This embodiment moves to the third mobile scenario shown in FIG. 4, that is, the UE moves between cells across the RNA, for example, from CELL 3 to CELL 4, between base stations, and between the base station and the UE. Detailed instructions are given. In this embodiment, the anchor base station (ie, the base station to which CELL 1 belongs) is the measurement control point base station, the resident base station is the base station to which CELL3 belongs, and the potential target cell is CELL 4. CELL 3 and CELL 4 are in different RNAs. In this embodiment, the UE refers to the same UE.
S1201,锚点基站向测量基站发送第一测量请求。结合附图4,在本实施例中,在UE从CELL 3向CELL 4移动的过程中,RNA1中CELL 2也能收到UE的TS信号,因此CELL 2所属的基站为测量基站,能够生成关于UE的上行TS的测量结果。S1201: The anchor base station sends a first measurement request to the measurement base station. With reference to FIG. 4, in the embodiment, during the UE moving from CELL 3 to CELL 4, CELL 2 in RNA1 can also receive the TS signal of the UE, so the base station to which CELL 2 belongs is a measurement base station, which can generate The measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE.
第一测量请求用于指示对UE的上行TS进行测量,所述测量请求中携带测量控制点指示信息。可选地,所述测量控制点指示信息测量控制点指示信息,测量控制点指示信息用于指示测量控制点基站是驻留基站。关于测量控制点指示信息的相关说明请参照前面实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。The first measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured, and the measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information. Optionally, the measurement control point indicates information measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident base station. For a description of the measurement control point indication information, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,第一测量请求中携带UE的标识,用以指示对UE的上行TS进行测量。Optionally, the first measurement request carries an identifier of the UE, to indicate that the uplink TS of the UE is measured.
可选地,测量请求还携带各种测量参数,例如测量时长、信号质量门限值以及测量控制信息中的至少一种,所述测量控制信息包括所述用户设备的终端标识、测量周期、测量上报条件和跟踪信号中的至少一种。Optionally, the measurement request further carries at least one of various measurement parameters, such as a measurement duration, a signal quality threshold, and measurement control information, where the measurement control information includes a terminal identifier, a measurement period, and a measurement of the user equipment. Evaluating at least one of a condition and a tracking signal.
可选地,测量请求可以通过基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement request can be sent through an interface between the base stations, such as an Xn interface.
S1202,测量基站根据第一测量请求对UE的上行TS进行测量,将测量结果发送给锚点基站。可选地,测量基站在接收到第一测量请求之后,按照测量控制信息中的测量周期持续地对UE的上行TS进行测量,定期将测量结果发送给驻留基站。直到测量基站超过一定时间段接收不到UE的上行TS后,不再向驻留基站发送测量结果。S1202: The measurement base station performs measurement on the uplink TS of the UE according to the first measurement request, and sends the measurement result to the anchor base station. Optionally, after receiving the first measurement request, the measurement base station continuously measures the uplink TS of the UE according to the measurement period in the measurement control information, and periodically sends the measurement result to the camping base station. After the measurement base station does not receive the uplink TS of the UE for a certain period of time, the measurement result is not sent to the camping base station.
可选地,测量结果可以通过测量基站与驻留基站之间的接口来发送,例如Xn接口。Alternatively, the measurement result may be sent by measuring an interface between the base station and the camping base station, such as an Xn interface.
S1203,锚点基站根据目前已获取的测量结果,确定UE的潜在目标小区为CELL 4。其中测量结果包括接收到的来自于测量基站的测量结果,以及驻留小区对UE的上行TS进行测量后生成的测量结果。S1203: The anchor base station determines, according to the currently obtained measurement result, that the potential target cell of the UE is CELL 4. The measurement result includes the received measurement result from the measurement base station, and the measurement result generated by the resident cell measuring the uplink TS of the UE.
锚点基站可以选择对于UE的上行TS的测量结果较优的一个或多个小区作为潜在目标小区。The anchor base station may select one or more cells that are superior to the measurement result of the uplink TS of the UE as the potential target cell.
可选地,锚点基站在确定潜在目标小区时,在已获取的测量结果的基础上还可以参考 其他因素。例如驻留基站参考UE的历史运动轨迹,估计出UE的运动方向,从而选择在UE的运动方向上测量结果较优的小区CELL 4作为预估出的在未来很有可能成为UE的新的驻留小区,即潜在目标小区为CELL 4。Optionally, when determining the potential target cell, the anchor base station may further refer to the obtained measurement result. other factors. For example, the camping base station refers to the historical motion trajectory of the UE, and estimates the motion direction of the UE, so that the cell CELL 4 with better measurement result in the motion direction of the UE is selected as the estimated new station that is likely to become the UE in the future. The reserved cell, that is, the potential target cell is CELL 4.
S1204,锚点基站向CELL 4所属的基站发送第二测量请求。第二测量请求用于指示对用户设备UE的上行TS进行测量。与第一测量请求类似地,可选地,所述第二测量请求中还可以携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述UE的驻留小区所属的基站,具体方法不再赘述。S1204: The anchor base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs. The second measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink TS of the user equipment UE is measured. Optionally, the second measurement request may further include measurement control point indication information, where the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a resident of the UE. The base station to which the reserved cell belongs, the specific method will not be described again.
可选地,锚点基站确定潜在目标小区与驻留小区是否处于同一RNA,如果潜在目标小区与驻留小区处于不同RNA,执行下述步骤。Optionally, the anchor base station determines whether the potential target cell and the camping cell are in the same RNA, and if the potential target cell and the camping cell are in different RNAs, perform the following steps.
S1205,CELL 4所属的基站进行资源冲突判决。如果资源冲突,即UE发送的上行TS使用的资源已被其他UE占用,CELL 4所属的基站向锚点基站发送冲突指示,所述冲突指示用于指示所述UE发送的上行TS在CELL 4所处的RNA中不可用。所述冲突指示中携带所述UE的标识。锚点基站接收到冲突指示后,执行S1206。S1205, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs performs resource conflict determination. If the resources are in conflict, that is, the resources used by the uplink TS sent by the UE are already occupied by other UEs, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a conflict indication to the anchor base station, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink TS sent by the UE is in the CELL 4 Not available in the RNA at the site. The identifier of the UE is carried in the conflict indication. After receiving the conflict indication, the anchor base station performs S1206.
如果资源不冲突,CELL 4所属的基站向锚点基站发送测量结果。锚点基站接收到测量结果后,执行S1207-S1208。If the resources do not conflict, the base station to which the CELL 4 belongs sends a measurement result to the anchor base station. After receiving the measurement result, the anchor base station performs S1207-S1208.
S1206,锚点基站通过驻留基站向所述UE发送寻呼消息。寻呼消息用于通知所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,寻呼消息携带有下行测量指示符。UE接收到寻呼消息后,同步并监听驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,同步并监听其他小区的广播信道,启动对驻留小区和其他小区的下行参考信号进行测量。UE根据下行参考信号的测量结果发起无线资源重配置流程。S1206. The anchor base station sends a paging message to the UE by using the camping base station. The paging message is used to notify the UE to start measuring downlink signals of the camped cell of the UE, and initiate a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. Optionally, the paging message carries a downlink measurement indicator. After receiving the paging message, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channels of other cells, and starts to measure the downlink reference signals of the camped cells and other cells. The UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
可选地,由于CELL 4是锚点基站确定出的UE可能会驻留的小区,这说明在各个测量小区中CELL 4对UE的TS进行测量得到的测量结果较优。上行TS的质量与下行参考信号的质量有一定的参考性,那么CELL 4的下行参考信号有可能是UE的所有邻区中质量较好的。因此锚点基站可以将CELL 4的标识通知给UE,以便于UE对CELL 4的下行参考信号进行测量作为发起无线资源重配置流程的参考依据。在这种情况下,锚点基站还可以通过寻呼消息指示所述UE启动对所述UE的驻留小区以及CELL 4的下行信号进行测量,根据对所述驻留小区以及CELL 4的下行信号的测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,寻呼消息中还携带有增加状态指示符和CELL 4的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述UE增加作为下行参考信号的测量对象的小区。UE接收到携带有下行测量指示符、增加状态指示符和潜在目标小区标识的寻呼消息后,同步并监听驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,同步并监听潜在目标小区和其他小区的广播信道,启动对驻留小区、潜在目标小区和其他小区的下行参考信号进行测量。UE根据下行参考信号的测量结果发起无线资源重配置流程。Optionally, since the CELL 4 is a cell that the anchor base station determines that the UE may camp on, this indicates that the measurement result obtained by measuring the TS of the UE by the CELL 4 in each measurement cell is superior. The quality of the uplink TS and the quality of the downlink reference signal have certain reference, and the downlink reference signal of the CELL 4 may be of good quality in all neighboring areas of the UE. Therefore, the anchor base station can notify the UE of the identifier of the CELL 4, so that the UE can measure the downlink reference signal of the CELL 4 as a reference for initiating the radio resource reconfiguration process. In this case, the anchor base station may further indicate, by using a paging message, that the UE initiates measurement of the camped cell of the UE and the downlink signal of the CELL 4, according to the downlink signal to the camped cell and the CELL 4. The measurement result initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process. Optionally, the paging message further carries an identifier of the added status indicator and the CELL 4, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the UE increases the cell that is the measurement target of the downlink reference signal. After receiving the paging message carrying the downlink measurement indicator, the added status indicator, and the potential target cell identifier, the UE synchronizes and monitors the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, synchronizes and monitors the broadcast of the potential target cell and other cells. The channel initiates measurement of downlink reference signals for the camped cell, the potential target cell, and other cells. The UE initiates a radio resource reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink reference signal.
S1207,锚点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定是否满足测量变更条件。如果满足测量变更条件,锚点基站执行S1208,如果不满足测量变更条件,锚点基站继续接收来自于各个测量基站的测量结果,直到根据获得的测量结果确认满足测量变更条件后,再执行S1208。 S1207. The anchor base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the measurement change condition is met. If the measurement change condition is satisfied, the anchor base station performs S1208. If the measurement change condition is not satisfied, the anchor base station continues to receive the measurement results from the respective measurement base stations until the measurement change condition is satisfied according to the obtained measurement result, and then S1208 is performed.
S1208,锚点基站通过驻留基站向UE发送寻呼消息。对于寻呼消息的说明请参考上述S1206中的描述。S1208. The anchor base station sends a paging message to the UE by using the camping base station. For a description of the paging message, please refer to the description in S1206 above.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种基站设备的结构示意图。该基站设备可以作为附图3、附图5-12中的测量控制点基站。如图13所述,该基站设备包括一个或多个收发器131和一个或多个基带单元(英文:baseband unit,简称:BBU)132。收发器131可以称为远端射频单元(英文:remote radio unit,简称:RRU)、收发单元、收发机、或者收发电路等等。收发器131可以包括至少一个天线1311和射频单元1312。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station device according to an embodiment of the present application. The base station device can be used as the measurement control point base station in FIG. 3 and FIG. 5-12. As shown in FIG. 13, the base station device includes one or more transceivers 131 and one or more baseband units (abbreviated as: BBUs) 132. The transceiver 131 can be referred to as a remote radio unit (English: remote radio unit, RRU), a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The transceiver 131 can include at least one antenna 1311 and a radio frequency unit 1312.
所述收发器131主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向UE发送上述实施例中所述的第一消息、第二消息、第三消息等,以及向测量基站发送驻留小区变更指示,接收测量基站发送的测量结果等。所述处理器132主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述收发器131与基带单元132可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。The transceiver 131 is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for transmitting the first message, the second message, the third message, and the like described in the foregoing embodiments to the UE, and to measure The base station sends a camping cell change indication, receives measurement results sent by the measurement base station, and the like. The processor 132 is mainly used for performing baseband processing, controlling a base station, and the like. The transceiver 131 and the baseband unit 132 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.
所述基带单元132主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。The baseband unit 132 is mainly used to perform baseband processing functions such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spreading, and the like.
在一个示例中,基带单元132可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。基带单元132包括处理器1321。处理器1321可以用于控制附图13所示基站执行上述各个实施例中测量控制点基站执行的流程。可选地,基带单元132还可以包括存储器1322,用以存储必要的指令和数据。In an example, the baseband unit 132 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access system radio access network (such as an LTE network), or may separately support different access modes of wireless. Access Network. Baseband unit 132 includes a processor 1321. The processor 1321 can be used to control the flow performed by the base station shown in FIG. 13 to perform the measurement control point base station in each of the above embodiments. Optionally, baseband unit 132 may also include a memory 1322 for storing the necessary instructions and data.
附图14提供了一种UE的结构示意图。该UE可以完成附图5-附图12所示场景或流程中的UE的功能。为了便于说明,图14仅示出了UE的主要部件。如图14所示,UE包括处理器1402、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个用户设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持UE执行附图5-12部分所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器1401,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。例如可以用于执行附图5-12中的接收当前驻留小区所属基站发送的消息,可选地该消息可以是以寻呼消息方式发送的。FIG. 14 provides a schematic structural diagram of a UE. The UE can perform the functions of the UE in the scenario or process shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. For ease of explanation, FIG. 14 shows only the main components of the UE. As shown in FIG. 14, the UE includes a processor 1402, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is primarily used to process communication protocols and communication data, as well as to control the entire user equipment, execute software programs, process data of the software programs, for example, to support the UE in performing the actions described in the sections of Figures 5-12. Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. The control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals. The control circuit and the antenna together may also be referred to as a transceiver 1401, and are mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. For example, it may be used to perform the sending of the message sent by the base station to which the current camping cell belongs in FIG. 5-12, and optionally the message may be sent in the form of a paging message.
当用户设备开机后,处理器1402可以读取存储器中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当收发器接收到基站发送的消息时,根据消息中携带的信息执行对应的功能。例如:When the user device is powered on, the processor 1402 can read the software program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When the transceiver receives the message sent by the base station, the corresponding function is performed according to the information carried in the message. E.g:
收发器1401,用于在第一时刻接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备同步或监听潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,所述潜在目标小区与所述用户设备在所述第一时刻的驻留小区处于同一RNA。The transceiver 1401 is configured to receive, at a first moment, a first message, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to synchronize or listen to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of a potential target cell, where the potential target cell and the user The camping cell of the device at the first moment is in the same RNA.
处理器1402,用于根据所述第一消息,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The processor 1402 is configured to synchronize or monitor a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell according to the first message.
可选地,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,第一消息携带变更状态指示符和所述第一潜在目标小区的标识,所述变更状态指 示符用于指示所述用户设备变更作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。所述处理器1402,还用于从所述第一消息中获取所述变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识;根据所述变更状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,由同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Optionally, the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize and monitor the broadcast of the potential target cell by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. Channel and paging channel. Optionally, the first message carries a change status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell, where the change status refers to The indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to change a cell that is a synchronization or interception target of a broadcast channel and a paging channel. The processor 1402 is further configured to acquire, by using the first message, the change status indicator and the identifier of the potential target cell; according to the change status indicator and the identifier of the potential target cell, by synchronization Or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell.
可选地,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。可选地,所述第一消息携带增加状态指示符和所述潜在目标小区的标识,所述增加状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备增加作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区。所述处理器1402,还用于从所述第一消息中获取所述增加状态指示符和所述第一潜在目标小区的标识;根据所述增加状态指示符和所述第一潜在目标小区的标识,在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。所述收发器1401,还用于在第二时刻接收第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道;所述处理器1402,还用于根据所述第二消息,不再同步并监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。所述第二消息携带有删除状态指示符和所述第一时刻的驻留小区的标识,所述删除状态指示符用于指示所述用户设备删除作为广播信道和寻呼信道的同步或监听对象的小区;所述处理器1402还用于从所述第二消息中获取所述删除状态指示符和所述第一时刻的驻留小区的标识;根据所述删除状态指示符和所述第一时刻的驻留小区的标识,不再同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。Optionally, the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or monitors the first potential on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. The broadcast channel and paging channel of the target cell. Optionally, the first message carries an increased status indicator and an identifier of the potential target cell, where the added status indicator is used to indicate that the user equipment increases synchronization or interception target as a broadcast channel and a paging channel. Community. The processor 1402 is further configured to obtain, by using the first message, the added status indicator and an identifier of the first potential target cell; according to the added status indicator and the first potential target cell And identifying, on the basis of continuing to synchronize or monitoring the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment, synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell. The transceiver 1401 is further configured to receive, at a second moment, a second message, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listen to the broadcast channel and the homing of the camped cell at the first moment. And the processor 1402 is further configured to: according to the second message, no longer synchronize and monitor the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. The second message carries a deletion status indicator and an identifier of the camping cell at the first moment, where the deletion status indicator is used to instruct the user equipment to delete a synchronization or interception object that is a broadcast channel and a paging channel. The processor 1402 is further configured to acquire, according to the second message, the deletion status indicator and the identifier of the resident cell at the first moment; according to the deletion status indicator and the first The identity of the camped cell at the moment no longer synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camped cell at the first moment.
可选地,在接收到第一消息、或第二消息之后,所述收发器1401还用于在第三时刻接收第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对在所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量。所述处理器1402根据所述第三消息启动对所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量;根据所述下行信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。可选地,第三消息携带下行测量指示符;所述处理器1402从所述第三消息中获取所述下行测量指示符;根据所述下行测量指示符,对所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量。Optionally, after receiving the first message or the second message, the transceiver 1401 is further configured to receive, at a third moment, a third message, where the third message is used to indicate that the user equipment initiates The downlink signals of the camped cell at the third moment and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment are measured. The processor 1402 starts to measure downlink signals of the camped cell at the third moment and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment according to the third message; according to the measurement result of the downlink signal When the cell reselection condition is met, the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated. Optionally, the third message carries a downlink measurement indicator; the processor 1402 obtains the downlink measurement indicator from the third message; and the resident of the third time according to the downlink measurement indicator The downlink signal of the cell and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment is measured.
可选地,所述第三消息还用于指示所述用户设备启动对第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,所述第二潜在目标小区与所述第三时刻的驻留小区处于不同RNA。所述处理器1402还用于在接收到所述第三消息之后,根据所述第三消息启动对所述第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量;根据对所述第三时刻的驻留小区、所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区和所述第二潜在目标小区的下行考信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置请求。在这种情况下,所述第三消息还携带有增加状态指示符和所述第二潜在目标小区的标识。Optionally, the third message is further used to indicate that the user equipment initiates measurement of a downlink signal of the second potential target cell, where the second potential target cell is different from the camped cell at the third moment. . The processor 1402 is further configured to: after receiving the third message, start to measure a downlink signal of the second potential target cell according to the third message; according to the camped cell for the third moment The measurement result of the downlink test signal of the neighboring cell of the camping cell and the second potential target cell at the third moment initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration request when the cell reselection condition is met. In this case, the third message also carries an indication of an increase status indicator and the second potential target cell.
本申请实施例还提供了一种UE的移动性管理系统,包括测量控制点基站和一个或多个测量基站。 The embodiment of the present application further provides a UE mobility management system, including a measurement control point base station and one or more measurement base stations.
测量控制点基站,用于向一个或多个测量基站发送第一测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量;根据自身生成的测量结果和/或所述测量基站返回的测量结果确定所述用户设备的潜在目标小区,所述测量结果是基于所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的。a measurement control point base station, configured to send a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment is measured; according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement base station The returned measurement result determines a potential target cell of the user equipment, and the measurement result is generated based on an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment.
所述测量基站,用于接收所述第一测量请求,根据所述第一测量请求对所述用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量,将测量得到的测量结果发送给所述测量控制点基站。The measuring base station is configured to receive the first measurement request, perform measurement on the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment according to the first measurement request, and send the measured measurement result to the measurement control point base station.
关于测量控制点基站和测量基站的说明请参见前面各个实施例中的描述,在这里不再赘述。For a description of the measurement control point base station and the measurement base station, refer to the description in the foregoing various embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (81)

  1. 一种用户设备的移动性管理方法,其特征在于,包括:A mobility management method for a user equipment, comprising:
    测量控制点基站向一个或多个测量基站发送第一测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量;The measurement control point base station sends a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment is measured;
    所述测量控制点基站根据自身生成的测量结果和/或所述测量基站返回的测量结果确定所述用户设备的潜在目标小区,所述测量结果是基于所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的。The measurement control point base station determines a potential target cell of the user equipment according to the measurement result generated by the user and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, and the measurement result is generated based on the uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment. .
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一测量请求携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站,或是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is an anchor point of the user equipment. The base station to which the cell belongs, or the base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定用户设备的潜在目标小区之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein after the determining a potential target cell of the user equipment, the method further comprises:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送第二测量请求,所述第二测量请求携带所述测量控制点指示信息。The measurement control point base station sends a second measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and the second measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,或者所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 3, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于同一无线接入通知区RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in the same radio access notification area RNA, and after the sending the second measurement request, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,所述潜在目标小区发送的测量结果是潜在目标小区所属的基站基于所述潜在目标小区内接收到的所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的;The measurement control point base station receives the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and the measurement result sent by the potential target cell is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is based on the user equipment received in the potential target cell. The generated uplink tracking signal is generated;
    所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区。The measurement control point base station determines, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the user equipment needs to change the camped cell.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 5, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is The base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein when the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。The measurement control point base station sends a first camped cell change indication to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first camped cell change indication is used to notify that the potential target cell is used as the change camping cell The resident cell of the user equipment.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein when the user equipment needs to change the camping cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述测量基站发送第二驻留小区变更指示,所述第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。The measurement control point base station sends a second camping cell change indication to the measurement base station, where the second camping cell change indication is used to notify the user equipment of the potential target cell as the changed camping cell Stay in the community.
  9. 根据权利要求6至8任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站还是所 述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein said measurement control point base station is still The base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  10. 根据权利要求6至8任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein when the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送第三驻留小区变更指示,所述第三驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。The measurement control point base station sends a third camped cell change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the third camped cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as the changed camping cell. The camped cell of the user equipment.
  12. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein when the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize or monitor by synchronizing or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the resident cell. a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the potential target cell.
  13. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the method further comprises: before determining whether the user equipment needs to change a resident cell, the method further comprises:
    所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or monitor the station. The broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell are synchronized or monitored on the basis of the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the reserved cell.
  14. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 5, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is The base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的原驻留小区所属的基站,所述原驻留小区是指所述确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之前所述用户设备的驻留小区。The method according to claim 14, wherein the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to be changed. The camped cell of the user equipment before camping on the cell.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein when the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronization or by monitoring or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the original resident cell. Listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the method further comprises: before determining whether the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the method further comprising:
    所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道;The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the original Synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell;
    当确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:When it is determined that the user equipment needs to change a resident cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。 The measurement control point base station sends a second message to the user equipment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment no longer synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the original resident cell.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的原驻留小区所属的基站,所述原驻留小区是指所述确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之前所述用户设备的驻留小区。The method according to claim 14, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to be changed. The camped cell of the user equipment before camping on the cell.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein when the user equipment needs to change a camping cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站向所述原驻留小区所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。The measurement control point base station sends a first camped cell change indication to the base station to which the original camping cell belongs, where the first camped cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as the changed camping cell. The resident cell of the user equipment.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一驻留小区变更指示还用于通知向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The method according to claim 19, wherein the first camping cell change indication is further configured to notify that the first message is sent to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized. Or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell.
  21. 根据权利要求18、或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the method further comprises: before determining whether the user equipment needs to change a resident cell, the method further comprises:
    所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,通过所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道;The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment by using a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to indicate The user equipment synchronizes or monitors a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the resident cell;
    当确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,所述方法还包括:When it is determined that the user equipment needs to change a resident cell, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站通过所述潜在目标小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The measurement control point base station sends a second message to the user equipment by using the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or monitors the broadcast of the original resident cell. Channel and paging channel.
  22. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 4, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is The base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, and after the sending the second measurement request, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的冲突指示,所述冲突指示携带所述用户设备的标识,所述冲突指示用于指示所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用;The measurement control point base station receives the conflict indication sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and the conflict indication carries the identifier of the user equipment, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment is in the Not available in the RNA in which the potential target cell is located;
    所述测量控制点基站接收到所述冲突指示后,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。After receiving the conflict indication, the measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate downlink signal to the camped cell of the user equipment. The measuring initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 23, wherein the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 23, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设 备的锚点小区所属的基站发送测量变更指示,所述测量变更指示用于通知所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站所述用户设备的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。The method according to claim 25, wherein said measurement control point base station sets to said user The base station to which the standby anchor cell belongs sends a measurement change indication, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the base station to which the user equipment belongs to the base station, and the measurement mode of the user equipment is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  27. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, and after the sending the second measurement request, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果;Receiving, by the measurement control point base station, a measurement result sent by a base station to which the potential target cell belongs;
    所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate the station to the user equipment. The downlink signal of the reserved cell is measured, and the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 27, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 27, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送测量变更指示,所述测量变更指示用于通知所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站所述用户设备的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。The method according to claim 29, wherein the measurement control point base station sends a measurement change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement change indication is used to notify the anchor of the user equipment. The measurement mode of the user equipment of the base station to which the point cell belongs is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  31. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站、且所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The method according to claim 4, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point base station is not a camped cell of the user equipment. The base station, the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, and after the sending the second measurement request, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的冲突指示,所述冲突指示携带所述用户设备的标识,所述冲突指示用于指示所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用;The measurement control point base station receives the conflict indication sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, and the conflict indication carries the identifier of the user equipment, where the conflict indication is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment is in the Not available in the RNA in which the potential target cell is located;
    所述测量控制点基站接收到所述冲突指示后,通过所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行测量,根据下行测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。After receiving the conflict indication, the measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment by using a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to start the pair The downlink measurement of the camped cell of the user equipment initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the downlink measurement result.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 32, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, and after the sending the second measurement request, the method further includes:
    所述测量控制点基站接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果;Receiving, by the measurement control point base station, a measurement result sent by a base station to which the potential target cell belongs;
    所述测量控制点基站根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,通过用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站所述向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The measurement control point base station sends a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, by using the base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, the first message is used to indicate The user equipment starts to measure a downlink signal of the camped cell of the user equipment, and initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  34. 根据权利要求23至30、32或33中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,根据对所述驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号的测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。 The method according to any one of claims 23 to 30, 32 or 33, wherein the first message is further used to indicate that the user equipment initiates a camping cell for the user equipment and the potential target The downlink signal of the cell is measured, and the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the measurement result of the downlink signal of the camping cell and the potential target cell.
  35. 一种用户设备的移动性管理方法,其特征在于,包括:A mobility management method for a user equipment, comprising:
    用户设备在第一时刻接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备同步或监听第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,所述第一潜在目标小区与所述用户设备在所述第一时刻的驻留小区处于同一无线接入通知区RNA;Receiving, by the user equipment, the first message, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell, where the first potential target cell and the user The camping cell of the device at the first moment is in the same radio access notification area RNA;
    所述用户设备根据所述第一消息,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。And the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell according to the first message.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The method according to claim 35, wherein the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronization by synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. And listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The method according to claim 35, wherein the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. And synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道之后,还包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein the user equipment synchronizes or monitors the first on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. After the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell, the method further includes:
    所述用户设备在第二时刻接收第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The user equipment receives the second message at the second moment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment no longer synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment.
  39. 根据权利要求35至38中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户设备在第三时刻接收第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对在所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量;Receiving, by the user equipment, a third message, where the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate neighboring of the camped cell at the third moment and the camped cell at the third moment The downlink signal of the cell is measured;
    所述用户设备根据所述第三消息启动对所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量;The user equipment starts to measure downlink signals of the camped cell at the third moment and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment according to the third message;
    所述用户设备根据所述下行信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The user equipment initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration process when the cell reselection condition is met according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三消息还用于指示所述用户设备启动对第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,所述第二潜在目标小区与所述第三时刻的驻留小区处于不同RNA;The method according to claim 39, wherein the third message is further configured to instruct the user equipment to initiate measurement of a downlink signal of a second potential target cell, the second potential target cell and the first The resident cells at three moments are in different RNAs;
    所述用户设备在接收到所述第三消息之后,还包括:After receiving the third message, the user equipment further includes:
    所述用户设备根据所述第三消息启动对所述第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量;The user equipment starts to measure a downlink signal of the second potential target cell according to the third message;
    所述用户设备根据所述下行参考信号的测量测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置请求,具体为:The user equipment initiates a radio resource control reconfiguration request according to the measurement and measurement result of the downlink reference signal, specifically:
    所述用户设备根据对所述第三时刻的驻留小区、所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区和所述第二潜在目标小区的下行考信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置请求。The user equipment satisfies the cell reselection according to the measurement result of the downlink test signal of the camped cell at the third moment, the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment, and the second potential target cell. When the condition is met, a radio resource control reconfiguration request is initiated.
  41. 一种基站,其特征在于,所述基站作为测量控制点基站,所述基站包括处理器和收发器,其中A base station, wherein the base station serves as a measurement control point base station, and the base station includes a processor and a transceiver, wherein
    收发器,用于向一个或多个测量基站发送第一测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量; a transceiver, configured to send a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment is measured;
    处理器,用于根据自身生成的测量结果和/或所述测量基站返回的测量结果确定所述用户设备的潜在目标小区,所述测量结果是基于所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的。And a processor, configured to determine a potential target cell of the user equipment according to the measurement result generated by the user and/or the measurement result returned by the measurement base station, where the measurement result is generated based on an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一测量请求携带测量控制点指示信息,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站,或是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 41, wherein the first measurement request carries measurement control point indication information, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is an anchor point of the user equipment. The base station to which the cell belongs, or the base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的基站,其特征在于,A base station according to claim 42, wherein
    所述收发器,还用于向所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送第二测量请求,所述第二测量请求携带所述测量控制点指示信息。The transceiver is further configured to send a second measurement request to the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the second measurement request carries the measurement control point indication information.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,或者所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 43, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, or a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的基站,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于同一无线接入通知区RNA内,The base station according to claim 44, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in the same radio access notification area RNA,
    所述收发器,还用于接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,所述潜在目标小区发送的测量结果是潜在目标小区所属的基站基于所述潜在目标小区内接收到的所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的;The transceiver is further configured to receive a measurement result sent by a base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the measurement result sent by the potential target cell is that the base station to which the potential target cell belongs is based on the received in the potential target cell. Generated by the uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区。The processor is further configured to determine, according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, whether the user equipment needs to change the camped cell.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 45, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is The base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的基站,其特征在于,当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,The base station according to claim 46, wherein when said processor determines that said user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器,还用于向所述潜在目标小区的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。The transceiver is further configured to send a first camped cell change indication to the base station of the potential target cell, where the first camped cell change indication is used to notify that the potential target cell is used as a change camping cell The resident cell of the user equipment.
  48. 根据权利要求46或47任一所述的基站,其特征在于,当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,The base station according to any one of claims 46 or 47, wherein when the processor determines that the user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器,还用于向所述测量基站发送第二驻留小区变更指示,所述第二驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。The transceiver is further configured to send a second camped cell change indication to the measurement base station, where the second camped cell change indication is used to notify the user equipment after the potential target cell is used as a change camping cell Resident cell.
  49. 根据权利要求46至48任一所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to any one of claims 46 to 48, wherein the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  50. 根据权利要求46至48任一所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to any one of claims 46 to 48, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的基站,其特征在于,当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,The base station according to claim 50, wherein when said processor determines that said user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器,还用于向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送第三驻留小区变更指示,所述第三驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用 户设备的驻留小区。The transceiver is further configured to send a third camping cell change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, where the third camping cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as a change station Used after leaving the community The resident cell of the user equipment.
  52. 根据权利要求46所述的基站,其特征在于,当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,The base station according to claim 46, wherein when said processor determines that said user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器,还用于向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The transceiver is further configured to send a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed to synchronize by synchronizing or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the resident cell. Or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  53. 根据权利要求46所述的基站,其特征在于,The base station according to claim 46, characterized in that
    所述收发器还用于在所述处理器确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The transceiver is further configured to send, by the processor, a first message to the user equipment according to a measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs before the processor determines whether the user equipment needs to change the camping cell. The first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell.
  54. 根据权利要求45所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 45, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is The base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的原驻留小区所属的基站,所述原驻留小区是指所述确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之前所述用户设备的驻留小区。The base station according to claim 54, wherein the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to be changed. The camped cell of the user equipment before camping on the cell.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的基站,其特征在于,当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,The base station according to claim 55, wherein when said processor determines that said user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器,还用于向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The transceiver is further configured to send a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is changed by: synchronizing or listening to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the original resident cell, and changing to Synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and paging channel of the potential target cell.
  57. 根据权利要求55所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理器确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,The base station according to claim 55, wherein the processor determines whether the user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器还用于根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道;The transceiver is further configured to send a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the Synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the original camping cell;
    当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,When the processor determines that the user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器还用于向所述用户设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The transceiver is further configured to send a second message to the user equipment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment no longer synchronizes or listens to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the original camping cell.
  58. 根据权利要求54所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的原驻留小区所属的基站,所述原驻留小区是指所述确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区之前所述用户设备的驻留小区。The base station according to claim 54, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the original camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the original camped cell refers to the determining that the user equipment needs to be changed. The camped cell of the user equipment before camping on the cell.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的基站,其特征在于,当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,The base station according to claim 58, wherein when said processor determines that said user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器还用于向所述原驻留小区所属的基站发送第一驻留小区变更指示,所述第一驻留小区变更指示用于通知以所述潜在目标小区作为变更驻留小区后所述用户设备的驻留小区。 The transceiver is further configured to send a first camping cell change indication to the base station to which the original camping cell belongs, where the first camping cell change indication is used to notify the potential target cell as a changed camping cell. The camped cell of the user equipment.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一驻留小区变更指示还用于通知向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备由同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The base station according to claim 59, wherein the first camping cell change indication is further configured to notify that the first message is sent to the user equipment, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is synchronized. Or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell, changing to synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell.
  61. 根据权利要求58或59所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理器确定所述用户设备是否需要变更驻留小区之前,The base station according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the processor determines whether the user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器,还用于根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,通过所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道;The transceiver is further configured to send a first message to the user equipment by using a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used by the first message. Instructing the user equipment to synchronize or monitor the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the potential target cell on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the resident cell;
    当所述处理器确定所述用户设备需要变更驻留小区时,When the processor determines that the user equipment needs to change a camping cell,
    所述收发器,还用于通过所述潜在目标小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述原驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The transceiver is further configured to send a second message to the user equipment by using a base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment is no longer synchronized or listen to the original camped cell. Broadcast channel and paging channel.
  62. 根据权利要求44所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 44, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is The base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,The method according to claim 62, wherein the potential target cell and the camped cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending of the second measurement request,
    所述收发器,还用于接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的冲突指示,所述冲突指示携带所述用户设备的标识,所述冲突指示用于指示所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用;The transceiver is further configured to receive a conflict indication sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the conflict indication carries an identifier of the user equipment, where the conflict indication is used to indicate an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment. Not available in the RNA in which the potential target cell is located;
    所述收发器,还用于接收到所述冲突指示后,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The transceiver is further configured to: after receiving the conflict indication, send a first message to the user equipment, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate a downlink of a resident cell of the user equipment The signal is measured, and a radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站还是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 63, wherein the measurement control point base station is also a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  65. 根据权利要求63所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 63, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的基站,其特征在于,The base station according to claim 65, characterized in that
    所述收发器,还用于向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送测量变更指示,所述测量变更指示用于通知所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站所述用户设备的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。The transceiver is further configured to send a measurement change indication to the base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, where the measurement change indication is used to notify the base station of the user equipment that the anchor cell belongs to the user equipment. The mode is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  67. 根据权利要求62所述的基站,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,The base station according to claim 62, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending of the second measurement request,
    所述收发器,还用于接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果;The transceiver is further configured to receive a measurement result sent by a base station to which the potential target cell belongs;
    所述收发器,还用于根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区 的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The transceiver is further configured to send a first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate the user equipment Resident cell The downlink signal is measured, and a radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 67, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  69. 根据权利要求67所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 67, wherein the measurement control point base station is not a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的基站,其特征在于,所述收发器向所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站发送测量变更指示,所述测量变更指示用于通知所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站所述用户设备的测量方式变更为对下行信号进行测量。The base station according to claim 69, wherein the transceiver sends a measurement change indication to a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement change indication is used to notify an anchor cell of the user equipment. The measurement mode of the user equipment of the associated base station is changed to measure the downlink signal.
  71. 根据权利要求44所述的基站,其特征在于,所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站、且所述测量控制点基站不是所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站,所述测量控制点指示信息用于指示所述测量控制点基站是所述用户设备的锚点小区所属的基站。The base station according to claim 44, wherein the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs, and the measurement control point base station is not a camped cell of the user equipment. The base station, the measurement control point indication information is used to indicate that the measurement control point base station is a base station to which the anchor cell of the user equipment belongs.
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的基站,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送第二测量请求之后,The base station according to claim 71, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending of the second measurement request,
    所述收发器,还用于接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的冲突指示,所述冲突指示携带所述用户设备的标识,所述冲突指示用于指示所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号在所述潜在目标小区所处的RNA中不可用;The transceiver is further configured to receive a conflict indication sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the conflict indication carries an identifier of the user equipment, where the conflict indication is used to indicate an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment. Not available in the RNA in which the potential target cell is located;
    所述收发器,还用于接收到所述冲突指示后,通过所述用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行测量,根据下行测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The transceiver is further configured to: after receiving the conflict indication, send, by using a base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, a first message, where the first message is used to indicate the user equipment A downlink measurement of the camped cell of the user equipment is initiated, and a radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the downlink measurement result.
  73. 根据权利要求71所述的基站,其特征在于,所述潜在目标小区与所述驻留小区位于不同RNA内,所述发送所述第二测量请求之后,The base station according to claim 71, wherein the potential target cell and the camping cell are located in different RNAs, after the sending the second measurement request,
    所述收发器,还用于接收所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果;The transceiver is further configured to receive a measurement result sent by a base station to which the potential target cell belongs;
    根据所述潜在目标小区所属的基站发送的测量结果,通过用户设备的驻留小区所属的基站所述向所述用户设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区的下行信号进行测量,根据所述下行信号的测量结果发起无线资源控制重配置流程。Transmitting, by the base station to which the camping cell of the user equipment belongs, the first message to the user equipment according to the measurement result sent by the base station to which the potential target cell belongs, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment initiates The downlink signal of the camped cell of the user equipment is measured, and the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  74. 根据权利要求63至70中任一所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一消息还用于指示所述用户设备启动对所述用户设备的驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,根据对所述驻留小区以及所述潜在目标小区的下行信号的测量结果,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The base station according to any one of claims 63 to 70, wherein the first message is further used to instruct the user equipment to initiate a downlink signal to a camping cell of the user equipment and the potential target cell. Performing a measurement, initiating a radio resource control reconfiguration procedure according to a measurement result of the downlink signal of the camping cell and the potential target cell.
  75. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括收发器和处理器,其中A user equipment, comprising: a transceiver and a processor, wherein
    收发器,用于在第一时刻接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备同步或监听第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,所述第一潜在目标小区与所述用户设备在所述第一时刻的驻留小区处于同一无线接入通知区RNA;a transceiver, configured to receive a first message, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment synchronizes or listens to a broadcast channel and a paging channel of a first potential target cell, where the first potential target cell is The camping cell of the user equipment at the first moment is in the same radio access notification area RNA;
    处理器,用于根据所述第一消息,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。And a processor, configured to synchronize or monitor a broadcast channel and a paging channel of the first potential target cell according to the first message.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示所述用 户设备由同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道,变更为同步并监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The user equipment according to claim 75, wherein the first message is used to indicate the use The user equipment is changed to synchronize and listen to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell by synchronizing or monitoring the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment.
  77. 根据权利要求75所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The user equipment according to claim 75, wherein the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment continues to synchronize or listen to the basis of the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the camping cell at the first moment. Up, synchronizing or listening to the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the first potential target cell.
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述在继续同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道的基础上,同步或监听所述第一潜在目标小区的广播信道和寻呼信道之后,还包括:The user equipment according to claim 77, wherein said synchronizing or monitoring said first potential on the basis of continuing to synchronize or listening to said broadcast channel and paging channel of said camping cell at said first moment After the broadcast channel and the paging channel of the target cell, the method further includes:
    所述收发器,还用于在第二时刻接收第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述用户设备不再同步或监听所述在第一时刻的驻留小区的广播信道和寻呼信道。The transceiver is further configured to receive a second message at a second moment, where the second message is used to indicate that the user equipment no longer synchronizes or listens to the broadcast channel and paging of the camped cell at the first moment. channel.
  79. 根据权利要求75至78中任一所述的用户设备,其特征在于,User equipment according to any one of claims 75 to 78, characterized in that
    所述收发器,还用于在第三时刻接收第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述用户设备启动对在所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量;The transceiver is further configured to receive a third message at a third moment, where the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to initiate camping on the camping cell and the third moment at the third moment The downlink signal of the neighboring cell of the cell is measured;
    所述处理器根据所述第三消息启动对所述第三时刻的驻留小区和所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区的下行信号进行测量;根据所述下行信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置流程。The processor starts to measure downlink signals of the camped cell at the third moment and the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment according to the third message; according to the measurement result of the downlink signal, When the cell reselection condition is met, the radio resource control reconfiguration process is initiated.
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述第三消息还用于指示所述用户设备启动对第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量,所述第二潜在目标小区与所述第三时刻的驻留小区处于不同RNA;The user equipment according to claim 79, wherein the third message is further used to instruct the user equipment to initiate measurement of a downlink signal of a second potential target cell, the second potential target cell and the The resident cell at the third moment is in a different RNA;
    所述处理器还用于在接收到所述第三消息之后,根据所述第三消息启动对所述第二潜在目标小区的下行信号进行测量;The processor is further configured to: after receiving the third message, start to measure a downlink signal of the second potential target cell according to the third message;
    根据对所述第三时刻的驻留小区、所述第三时刻的驻留小区的相邻小区和所述第二潜在目标小区的下行考信号的测量结果,在满足小区重选条件时,发起无线资源控制重配置请求。And determining, according to the measurement result of the downlink test signal of the camped cell at the third moment, the neighboring cell of the camped cell at the third moment, and the second potential target cell, when the cell reselection condition is met, The radio resource control reconfiguration request.
  81. 一种用户设备的移动性管理系统,其特征在于,包括测量控制点基站和一个或多个测量基站,其中:A mobility management system for a user equipment, comprising: a measurement control point base station and one or more measurement base stations, wherein:
    测量控制点基站,用于向一个或多个测量基站发送第一测量请求,所述测量请求用于指示对用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量;根据自身生成的测量结果和/或所述测量基站返回的测量结果确定所述用户设备的潜在目标小区,所述测量结果是基于所述用户设备发送的上行跟踪信号生成的;a measurement control point base station, configured to send a first measurement request to one or more measurement base stations, where the measurement request is used to indicate that the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment is measured; according to the measurement result generated by itself and/or the measurement base station The returned measurement result determines a potential target cell of the user equipment, and the measurement result is generated based on an uplink tracking signal sent by the user equipment;
    所述测量基站,用于接收所述第一测量请求,根据所述第一测量请求对所述用户设备的上行跟踪信号进行测量,将测量得到的测量结果发送给所述测量控制点基站。 The measuring base station is configured to receive the first measurement request, perform measurement on the uplink tracking signal of the user equipment according to the first measurement request, and send the measured measurement result to the measurement control point base station.
PCT/CN2017/106857 2017-02-23 2017-10-19 Mobility management method for user equipment, user equipment, and measurement control point base station WO2018153115A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710099783.7A CN108471617B (en) 2017-02-23 2017-02-23 Mobility management method of user equipment, user equipment and measurement control point base station
CN201710099783.7 2017-02-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018153115A1 true WO2018153115A1 (en) 2018-08-30

Family

ID=63253103

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/106857 WO2018153115A1 (en) 2017-02-23 2017-10-19 Mobility management method for user equipment, user equipment, and measurement control point base station

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108471617B (en)
WO (1) WO2018153115A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113498069B (en) * 2020-04-08 2023-01-13 中国移动通信集团设计院有限公司 Cell configuration method, device, equipment and medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101772160A (en) * 2009-01-04 2010-07-07 华为技术有限公司 Method and system for reporting positioning survey
CN102958079A (en) * 2011-08-19 2013-03-06 华为技术有限公司 Cell measurement method, information processing method, terminal, base station and network system
CN103179609A (en) * 2011-12-20 2013-06-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for adjacent zone selection
CN103369608A (en) * 2009-02-02 2013-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Mobility management method and device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4703238B2 (en) * 2004-12-15 2011-06-15 パナソニック株式会社 Wireless network control device, wireless LAN relay device, wireless communication system, and communication method of wireless communication system
CN101958734B (en) * 2010-10-19 2014-03-26 京信通信系统(中国)有限公司 Integrated wireless coverage solution
US9036495B2 (en) * 2012-12-27 2015-05-19 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Methods and devices for adjusting resource management procedures based on machine device capability information
WO2014119888A1 (en) * 2013-01-31 2014-08-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for performing synchronization in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101772160A (en) * 2009-01-04 2010-07-07 华为技术有限公司 Method and system for reporting positioning survey
CN103369608A (en) * 2009-02-02 2013-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Mobility management method and device
CN102958079A (en) * 2011-08-19 2013-03-06 华为技术有限公司 Cell measurement method, information processing method, terminal, base station and network system
CN103179609A (en) * 2011-12-20 2013-06-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for adjacent zone selection

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108471617B (en) 2020-12-08
CN108471617A (en) 2018-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11864131B2 (en) Measurement configuration method and apparatus
EP3413660B1 (en) Communication method and mobile device applied to a super cell
CN104272777B (en) Terminal, base station, and method thereof in mobile communication system
KR102072556B1 (en) Methods for managing mobile equipment in heterogeneous network
CN107925935B (en) Method and apparatus for measurement and reporting
WO2018196710A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for cell handover and determining uplink transmitted power
WO2016123809A1 (en) Signaling optimization method and device
US10736033B2 (en) Secondary cell group configuration
EP3229442B1 (en) Wireless communication apparatus
WO2018033136A1 (en) Cell handover method, user equipment, and network device
WO2017152757A1 (en) Cell handover method and system, and related device
WO2017193825A1 (en) Method and device for performing data transmission
CN111683397B (en) Improved reporting for handover in device-to-device communication
WO2017148339A1 (en) Network connection control method and device
WO2013026319A1 (en) Cell measurement method, information processing method, terminal, base station and network system
US9509594B2 (en) Mobile terminal preparation
US20180317141A1 (en) Methods for Neighbor Cell Adaptive Configuration to Enable Enhanced Coverage Operation of User Equipment
EP2219394A1 (en) Mobile communication system, base station apparatus, user equivalent and method
WO2021002859A1 (en) Measurement reporting in wireless network
WO2013044884A1 (en) Radio connection reestablishment method, user equipment and enb
CN113286331A (en) Reestablishing method and communication device
US10075995B2 (en) Optimized procedure for user equipment autonomous mobility
CN104684019A (en) Measurement information acquisition and transmission methods and devices, and base station equipment
WO2018045572A1 (en) Terminal access method and network device
US20230337139A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17897896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17897896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1